summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/gnu/usr.bin/cvs/FAQ
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'gnu/usr.bin/cvs/FAQ')
-rw-r--r--gnu/usr.bin/cvs/FAQ10006
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 10006 deletions
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cvs/FAQ b/gnu/usr.bin/cvs/FAQ
deleted file mode 100644
index 84d4a3a..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/cvs/FAQ
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10006 +0,0 @@
-
-Archive-name: cvs-faq
-Hand Revision: 3.5 <<== Include this in your comments
-Last Updated: 1995/03/09
-$Revision: 1.4 $
-$Date: 1995/10/02 23:13:07 $
-
-===========================================================================
-== Frequently Asked Questions about CVS (The Concurrent Versions System) ==
-===========================================================================
-
- This document attempts to answer questions posed by users of CVS.
-
- CVS installers, administrators and maintainers looking for info on
- system setup should read the section entitled "Installing CVS".
-
-
- Disclaimer:
-
- Although an attempt has been made to ensure the veracity of the
- following material, no responsibility is assumed for any use, or
- for any consequences resulting from any use, of the information
- contained herein. No guarantee of suitability for any purpose
- is offered or implied. Nothing in this document may be assumed
- to represent the employers of its contributors.
-
- I also might have slipped in a whopper or two to see if you are
- paying attention. ;-) In other words, don't bet the house on
- anything you read here unless you have checked it out yourself.
-
-
-
- Send questions and answers (along with additions to, subtractions
- from, and divisions of existing questions -- no multiplications,
- square roots, or transcendental functions, my cabinet is full of them)
- to the author, who wrote all unattributed text: (Does it always
- feel strange to refer to oneself in the third person?)
-
- David G. Grubbs <dgg@world.std.com>
-
-
- Major revisions contain enough alterations to render change markers
- meaningless. (Major revisions are those with a final digit of '0',
- such as 2.0 or 3.0.) To help readers of previous versions of this
- document, minor revisions will be annotated:
-
- Change markers: Column 1 will contain a:
-
- '-' for a Question that has changed.
- '=' for an Answer that has changed.
- '#' for an entry with changes to both Question and Answer.
- '+' for a newly added Question and Answer.
-
-
- Trivial changes, such as question reordering or spelling and grammar
- corrections are not marked. Deleted questions will simply disappear,
- as will any question that can be answered by "get the latest release".
-
- Editorial comments are delimited by pairs of "[[" & "]]". They
- contain either references to the (usually unfinished) nature of the
- FAQ entry itself, version-specific comments to be removed (or
- altered) when new revisions of CVS are released or snide remarks from
- the editor.
-
- If you plan to do anything with this document other than:
-
- - Read it.
- - Redistribute the whole document along with the date and revision.
- - Post sections as answers to CVS questions (as long as you
- identify it as coming from the FAQ.)
-
- talk to the author first.
-
-
-
-============================================
-== Section 0 ==== Introduction ====
-============================================
-
-The questions in this document come from many sources in many forms. Some
-are simple, some verbose. A few are difficult, but all of them have been
-asked of the author at one time or another. Some questions are really
-three or more different problems rolled into one plaintive cry for help.
-Others reveal one of the bugs or weaknesses of CVS.
-
-CVS addresses some difficult problems to which there are no perfect
-solutions. CVS also changes over time as new features are required.
-
-Therefore, the questions are about a complicated moving target.
-
-Though in most cases I've tried to provide the simplest answer I can
-think of, some of the *questions* are difficult to follow. If you
-aren't using CVS regularly, don't expect to understand everything.
-
-A Frequently Asked Questions document is not a substitute for the man page
-or any other documentation. It is an attempt to answer questions.
-
-You should also keep in mind that FAQs are not really intended to be
-read in their entirety like a text book. You should use "grep" or
-your editor's search capability to hunt for keywords and read the
-sections you need.
-
-
-Questions are divided into five numbered Sections. Sections are divided
-into lettered sub-sections. The questions are numbered sequentially
-within each sub-section, though they are in no particular order.
-
-
- 1. What is CVS?
- A. What is CVS? What's it for? Why CVS?
- B. Where do I find it? Where can I find Help?
- C. How does CVS differ from other similar software?
- D. What do you mean by . . .? (Definitions)
-
- 2. User Tasks
- A. Getting Started
- B. Common User Tasks
- C. Less Common User Tasks
- D. General Questions
-
- 3. Commands
- A. through P. One section for each CVS command.
-
- 4. Advanced Topics
- A. Installing CVS
- B. Setting up and Managing the Repository
- C. Branching and Merging
- D. Tricks of the Trade
- E. Internal errors
- F. Related Software
- G. Engineering
- H. Other Systems
-
- 5. Past & Future
- A. Contributors.
- B. Bugs and Patches
- C. Development
- D. Professional Support
-
- 6. Table of Contents
-
-
-Final note:
-
- Except for the "Past & Future" section, all answers in this
- document refer to CVS version 1.4. The latest released version is
- 1.5.
-
-
-============================================
-== Section 1 ==== What is CVS? ====
-============================================
-
-----------------
--- Section 1A -- What is CVS? What's it for? Why CVS?
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 1A.1 What does CVS stand for? Can you describe it in one sentence?
- 1A.2 What is CVS for? What does it do for me?
- 1A.3 How does CVS work?
- 1A.4 What is CVS useful for?
- 1A.5 What is CVS *not* useful for?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 1A.1 What does CVS stand for? Can you describe it in one sentence?
-
- "CVS" is an acronym for the "Concurrent Versions System".
-
- CVS is a "Source Control" or "Revision Control" tool
- designed to keep track of source changes made by groups of
- developers working on the same files, allowing them to
- stay in sync with each other as each individual chooses.
-
-
- 1A.2 What is CVS for? What does it do for me?
-
- CVS is used to keep track of collections of files in a shared
- directory called "The Repository". Each collection of files
- can be given a "module" name, which is used to "checkout"
- that collection.
-
- After checkout, files can be modified (using your favorite
- editor), "committed" back into the Repository and compared
- against earlier revisions. Collections of files can be
- "tagged" with a symbolic name for later retrieval.
-
- You can add new files, remove files you no longer want, ask for
- information about sets of files in three different ways,
- produce patch "diffs" from a base revision and merge the
- committed changes of other developers into your working files.
-
-
- 1A.3 How does CVS work?
-
- CVS saves its version-control information in RCS files stored in a
- directory hierarchy, called the Repository, which is separate from
- the user's working directory.
-
- Files in the Repository are stored in a format dictated by the
- RCS commands CVS uses to do much of its real work. RCS files
- are standard byte-stream files with an internal format described
- by keywords stored in the files themselves.
-
- To begin work, you execute a "checkout" command, handing it a
- module name or directory path (relative to the $CVSROOT variable)
- you want to work on. CVS copies the latest revision of each file
- in the specified module or directory out of the Repository and
- into a directory tree created in your current directory. You may
- specify a particular branch to work on by symbolic name if you
- don't want to work on the default (main or trunk) branch.
-
- You may then modify files in the new directory tree, build them
- into output files and test the results. When you want to make
- your changes available to other developers, you "commit" them back
- into the Repository.
-
- Other developers can check out the same files at the same time.
- To merge the committed work of others into your working files
- you use the "update" command. When your merged files build
- and test correctly, you may commit the merged result. This
- method is referred to as "copy-modify-merge", which does not
- require locks on the source files.
-
- At any time, usually at some milestone, you can "tag" the
- committed files, producing a symbolic name that can be handed to a
- future "checkout" command. A special form of "tag" produces a
- branch in development, as usually happens at "release" time.
-
- When you no longer plan to modify or refer to your local copy
- of the files, they can be removed.
-
-
- 1A.4 What is CVS useful for?
-
- CVS is intended to handle source control for files in three major
- situations:
-
- 1. Multiple developers working on the same files.
-
- The major advantage of using CVS over the simpler tools like
- RCS or SCCS is that it allows multiple developers to work on
- the same sources at the same time.
-
- The shared Repository provides a rendezvous for committed
- sources that allows developers a fair amount of flexibility in
- how often to publish (via the "commit" command) changes or
- include work committed by others (via the "update" command).
-
-
- 2. Tracking a stream of releases from a source vendor.
-
- If you are making changes to sources distributed by someone
- else, the CVS feature, called the Vendor Branch, allows you to
- combine local modifications with repeated vendor releases.
-
- I have found this most useful when dealing with sources from
- three major classes of source vendor:
-
- a. Large companies who send you tapes full of the latest
- release (e.g. Unix OS vendors, database companies).
-
- b. Public Domain software which *always* requires work.
-
- c. Pseudo-Public sources which may require work.
- (e.g. GNU programs, X, CVS itself, etc.)
-
-
- 3. Branching development.
-
- Aside from the "Vendor Branch", there are three kinds of
- "branches in development" that CVS can support:
-
- a. Your working directory can be treated as a private branch.
-
- b. A Development branch can be shared by one or more developers.
-
- c. At release time, a branch is usually created for bug fixes.
-
- (See 1D.9 and Section 4C for more info on branches.)
-
- CVS's branch support is a bit primitive, but it was designed to
- allow you to create branches, work on them for while and merge
- them back into the main line of development. You should also
- be able to merge work performed on the main branch into the
- branch you are working on. Arbitrary sharing and merging
- between branches is not currently supported.
-
-
- 1A.5 What is CVS *not* useful for?
-
- CVS is not a build system.
-
- Though the structure of your Repository and modules file
- interact with your build system (e.g. a tree of Makefiles),
- they are essentially independent.
-
- CVS does not dictate how you build anything. It merely stores
- files for retrieval in a tree structure you devise.
-
- CVS does not dictate how to use disk space in the checked out
- working directories. If you require your Makefiles or build
- procedures to know the relative positions of everything else,
- you wind up requiring the entire Repository to be checked out.
- That's simply bad planning.
-
- If you modularize your work, and construct a build system
- that will share files (via links, mounts, VPATH in Makefiles,
- etc.), you can arrange your disk usage however you like.
-
- But you have to remember that *any* such system is a lot of
- work to construct and maintain. CVS does not address the
- issues involved. You must use your brain and a collection
- of other tools to provide a build scheme to match your plans.
-
- Of course, you should use CVS to maintain the tools created to
- support such a build system (scripts, Makefiles, etc).
-
-
- CVS is not a substitute for management.
-
- You and your project leaders are expected to plan what you are
- doing. Everyone involved must be aware of schedules, merge
- points, branch names, release dates and the range of
- procedures needed to build products. (If you produce it and
- someone else uses it, it is a product.) CVS can't cover for a
- failure to manage your project.
-
- CVS is an instrument for making sources dance to your tune.
- But you are the piper and the composer. No instrument plays
- itself or writes its own music.
-
-
- CVS is not a substitute for developer communication.
-
- When faced with conflicts within a single file, most
- developers manage to resolve them without too much effort.
- But a more general definition of "conflict" includes problems
- too difficult to solve without communication between
- developers.
-
- CVS cannot determine when simultaneous changes within a single
- file, or across a whole collection of files, will logically
- conflict with one another. Its concept of a "conflict" is
- purely textual, arising when two changes to the same base file
- are near enough to spook the merge command into dropping
- conflict markers into the merged file.
-
- CVS is not capable of figuring out distributed conflicts in
- program logic. For example, if you change the arguments to
- function X defined in file A and, at the same time, edit file
- B, adding new calls to function X using the old arguments.
- You are outside the realm of CVS's competence.
-
- Acquire the habit of reading specs and talking to your peers.
-
-
- CVS is not a configuration management system.
-
- CVS is a source control system. The phrase "configuration
- management" is a marketing term, not an industry-recognized
- set of functions.
-
- A true "configuration management system" would contain
- elements of the following:
-
- * Source control.
- * Dependency tracking.
- * Build systems (i.e. What to build and how to find
- things during a build. What is shared? What is local?)
- * Bug tracking.
- * Automated Testing procedures.
- * Release Engineering documentation and procedures.
- * Tape Construction.
- * Customer Installation.
- * A way for users to run different versions of the same
- software on the same host at the same time.
-
- CVS provides only the first.
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 1B -- Where do I find CVS? Where can I find Help?
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 1B.1 How do I get more information about CVS?
- 1B.2 Is there an archive of CVS material?
- 1B.3 How do I get files out of the archive if I don't have FTP?
- 1B.4 How do I get a copy of the latest version of CVS?
- 1B.5 Is there a mailing list devoted to CVS? How do I find it?
- 1B.6 What happened to the CVS Usenet newsgroup I heard about?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 1B.1 How do I get more information about CVS?
-
- 1. The first thing I would do is to read the Info file that comes
- with the CVS sources under "doc". You can format and read the
- cvs.texinfo file in two ways: 1. Use TeX to format it and a
- "dvips" command to print it and 2. Install the cvs.info files
- that are created by the Makefile and read them online using the
- Emacs "info-mode" or a stand-alone "info" reader.
-
- 2. Then I'd run "cvsinit" to set up a Repository and read the man
- page while trying out the commands.
-
- Type "cvs -H" for general help or "cvs -H command" for
- command-specific help.
-
- 3. For background, you can read the original CVS paper (in the
- source tree, under "doc"). It describes the purpose of CVS and
- some of how it was designed. Note that the emphasis of the
- document (especially on multiple vendors providing the same
- sources) is somewhat out of date.
-
- 4. For more detailed information about "internals", read the man
- pages for RCS. If you are a programmer, you can also read the
- source code to CVS.
-
- 5. Other information and tutorials may be available in the "doc"
- directory of the FTP archive described below.
-
- 6. For current information, and a fair amount of detail, join the
- info-cvs mailing list described below.
-
-
- 1B.2 Is there an archive of CVS material?
-
- An anonymous FTP area has been set up. It contains many of the
- CVS files you might want, including extra documentation, patches
- and a copy of the latest release.
-
- ftp ftp.delos.com
- >>> User: anonymous
- >>> Passwd: <Your Internet address>
- cd /pub/cvs
- get README
- get Index
-
- The README has more (and more up-to-date) information. The Index
- contains a terse list of what is in the archive.
-
- A WWW home page is also available at http://www.delos.com/cvs.
-
-
- 1B.3 How do I get files out of the archive if I don't have FTP?
-
- Use one of the FTP<->Email servers. These are the ones
- I've been told about:
-
-
- 1. FTPMAIL service is available from the same host as the FTP
- server described above. Send mail to "ftpmail@delos.com"
- containing "help" in the body of the message. For example,
- on most Unix systems, you can type:
-
- echo help | Mail ftpmail@delos.com
-
- The FTPMAIL server will respond with a document describing how
- to use the server. If the "Mail" command doesn't exist on your
- system, try "mailx", "/usr/ucb/mail" or "/bin/mail".
-
-
- 2. If you are on BITNET, use Princeton's BITFTP server. Type
-
- echo 'send help' | Mail bitftp@pucc.princeton.edu
-
- (It is likely that only BITNET addresses can use this one.)
-
-
- 3. Other possibilities I've heard of from the net:
- (Try the one closest to you.)
-
- ftpmail@decwrl.dec.com
- ftpmail@sunsite.unc.edu
- ftpmail@cs.arizona.edu
- ftpmail@cs.uow.edu.au
- ftpmail@doc.ic.ac.uk
-
-
- 1B.4 How do I get a copy of the latest version of CVS?
-
- The latest released version of CVS and all the programs it
- depends on should be available through anonymous FTP on any FSF
- archive. The main FSF archive is at "prep.ai.mit.edu". There are
- mirrors of the FSF archive on UUNET and other large Internet sites.
-
- Program(s) Suggested revision
- ----------- -----------------------
- CVS 1.5
- RCS 5.7 (latest version available today)
- GNU diff 2.7 (or later) [contained in diffutils-2.7]
- GDBM 1.5 (or later) [optional]
-
- The GNU version of diff is suggested by both the RCS and CVS
- configuration instructions because it works better than the
- standard version.
-
- It is a good idea not to accept the versions of CVS, RCS or diff
- you find lying on your system unless you have checked out their
- provenance. Using inconsistent collections of tools can cause you
- more trouble than you can probably afford.
-
- The FTP archive mentioned above should contain the latest official
- release of CVS, some official and unofficial patches and possibly
- complete patched versions of CVS in use somewhere.
-
-
- 1B.5 Is there a mailing list devoted to CVS? How do I find it?
-
- An Internet mailing list named "info-cvs" grew out of the private
- mailing list used by the CVS 1.3 alpha testers in early 1992.
- Throughout 1994, the list received an average of 100 messages per
- month.
-
- You can add yourself to the mailing list by sending an Email
- message to:
-
- info-cvs-request@prep.ai.mit.edu
-
- (Don't forget the "-request" or you'll send a message to the
- whole list, some of whom are capable of remote execution.)
-
- Mail to the whole list should be sent to:
-
- info-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu
-
- An archive of the mailing list is maintained in the FTP archive
- mentioned above.
-
-
- 1B.6 What happened to the CVS Usenet newsgroup I heard about?
-
-
- A Usenet newsgroup named "gnu.cvs.info" was announced in April
- 1993, with an expected creation date of August, 1993.
-
- As of this writing (October, 1994) it hasn't appeared.
-
- If the newsgroup is ever created, it and the mailing list should
- be bidirectionally gatewayed, meaning that you only need access to
- one of them. Anything sent to the mailing list would be
- automatically posted to "gnu.cvs.info" and anything posted to the
- newsgroup would be automatically mailed to "info-cvs".
-
- A newsgroup would be easier to use than a mailing list. If the
- CVS newsgroup ever shows up, ask your system administrator whether
- you get the "gnu" hierarchy. If so, select a news reader and dive
- in.
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 1C -- How does CVS differ from other, similar software?
-----------------
-
-This section attempts to list programs purporting to cover some of the
-same territory as CVS. [[These are very sparsely documented here. If you
-know something about one of these tools, how about trying to flesh out an
-entry or two?]]
-
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 1C.1 How does CVS differ from RCS?
- 1C.2 How does CVS differ from SCCS?
- 1C.3 How does CVS differ from ClearCase?
-#1C.4 How does CVS differ from TeamWare/SparcWorks?
- 1C.5 How does CVS differ from Aegis?
- 1C.6 How does CVS differ from Shapetools?
- 1C.7 How does CVS differ from TeamNet?
- 1C.8 How does CVS differ from ProFrame?
- 1C.9 How does CVS differ from CaseWare/CM?
- 1C.10 How does CVS differ from Sublime?
- 1C.11 How does CVS differ from PVCS?
- 1C.12 How does CVS differ from CMVC?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
-
- 1C.1 How does CVS differ from RCS?
-
- CVS uses RCS to do much of its work and absolutely all the work
- of changing the underlying RCS files in the Repository.
-
- RCS comprises a set of programs designed to keep track of changes
- to individual files. Of course, it also allows you to refer to
- multiple files on the command line, but they are handled by
- iterating over individual files. There is no pretense of
- coordinated interaction among groups of files.
-
- CVS's main intent is to provide a set of grouping functions that
- allow you to treat a collection of RCS files as a single object.
- Of course, CVS also has to do a lot of iteration, but it tries
- its best to hide that it is doing so. In addition, CVS has some
- truly group-oriented facets, such as the modules file and the CVS
- administrative files that refer to a whole directory or module.
-
- One group aspect that can be a bit confusing is that a CVS branch
- is not the same as an RCS branch. To support a CVS branch, CVS
- uses "tags" (what RCS calls "symbols") and some local state,
- in addition to RCS branches.
-
- Other features offered by CVS that are not supported directly by
- RCS are
-
- 1. Automatic determination of the state of a file, (e.g.
- modified, up-to-date with the Repository, already tagged
- with the same string, etc.) which helps in limiting the
- amount of displayed text you have to wade through to
- figure out what changed and what to do next.
-
- 2. A copy-modify-merge scheme that avoids locking the files
- and allows simultaneous development on a single file.
-
- 3. Serialization of commits. CVS requires you to merge all
- changes committed (via "update") since you checked out
- your working copy of the file. Although it is still
- possible to commit a file filled with old data, it is less
- likely than when using raw RCS.
-
- 4. Relatively easy merging of releases from external Vendors.
-
-
- 1C.2 How does CVS differ from SCCS?
-
- SCCS is much closer to RCS than to CVS, so some of the previous
- entry applies.
-
- You might want to take a look at Walter Tichy's papers on RCS,
- which are referred to in the RCS man pages.
-
- [[More info here?]]
-
-
- 1C.3 How does CVS differ from ClearCase?
-
- ClearCase is a distributed client-server version control system.
- ClearCase is a variant DSEE tools, formerly available on Apollo
- platforms. The ClearCase tool set includes a few X-based
- interface tools, a command-line interface, and C programmer API.
- It is currently available on Sun, HP, SGI and OSF/1 platforms.
-
- ClearCase uses a special Unix filesystem type, called "mvfs"
- for "multi-version file system". Conceptually, mvfs adds
- another dimension to a regular Unix filesystem. The new
- axis is used to store the different versions of files and to
- provide a tree-hierarchical view of a collection of objects that
- might be scattered across any number of separate hosts on your
- local network.
-
- Each user acquires a "view" into the file database by creating a
- special mvfs mount point on their machine. Each view has a
- "configuration spec" containing a set of selection rules that
- specify the particular version of each file to make visible in
- that view. You can think of a "view" as a work area in CVS, except
- that the files don't really exist on your local disk until you
- modify them. This technique conserves disk space because it
- doesn't keep private copies of read-only files.
-
- Another advantage is that a view is "transparent" in the sense that
- all of the files in a "view" appear to be regular Unix files to
- other tools and Unix system calls. An extended naming convention
- allows access to particular versions of a file directly:
- "test.cc@@/main/bugfix/3" identifies the third version of test.c
- on the bugfix branch.
-
- ClearCase supports both the copy-modify-merge model of CVS (by
- using what are called "unreserved checkouts" and the
- checkin/checkout development model with file locking. Directories
- are version-controlled objects as well as files. A graphical merge
- tool is provided. Like RCS, ClearCase supports branches, symbolic
- tags, and delta compression. ASCII as well as binary files are
- supported, and converters from RCS, SCCS, DSEE formats are also
- included.
-
- A make-compatible build facility is provided that can identify
- common object code and share it among developers. A build
- auditing feature automatically records file dependencies by
- tracking every file that is opened when producing a derived
- object, thus making explicit dependency lists unnecessary. Pre-
- and post-event triggers are available for most ClearCase
- operations to invoke user programs or shell scripts. User-defined
- attributes can be assigned to any version or object. Hyper-links
- between version controlled objects can record their relationship.
-
- For more information, contact:
-
- Atria Software, Inc.
- 24 Prime Park Way
- Natick, MA 01760
- info@atria.com
-
- (508) 650-1193 (phone)
- (508) 650-1196 (fax)
-
- Originally contributed by Steve Turner
- Edited by the author of this FAQ.
-
-
-#1C.4 How does CVS differ from TeamWare/SparcWorks?
-
- TeamWare is a configuration management tool from Sun Microsystems,
- a part of SparcWorks. It uses the same copy and merge model as
- CVS. The central abstraction is a workspace, which corresponds to
- either a CVS branch or a checked out module. TeamWare allows you
- to manipulate workspaces directly, including moving and merging
- code between workspaces. You can put your workspace on tape and
- continue to work with it at home, just like you can with CVS.
- TeamWare is built upon and compatible with SCCS.
-
- TeamWare provides both a command line interface and a graphical
- interface. The CodeManager tool will display the project as a
- tree of workspaces, and allows you to manipulate them with drag
- and drop. The other tools are VersionTool that displays and
- manipulates a dag with a version history of a single file,
- CheckPoint that will create symbolic tags, MakeTool, a make
- compatible tool with a GUI, and FileMerge which will interactively
- merge files when needed (like emerge for emacs). If you have a
- sun, you can try /usr/old/mergetool for an old SunView version of
- FileMerge.
-
- Email: sunprosig@sun.com
-
- Originally extracted from TeamWare
- Marketing literature by Per Abrahamsen.
- Edited by the author of this FAQ.
-
-
- For more information, contact:
-
- SunExpress, Inc.
- P.O. Box 4426
- Bridgeton, MO 63044-9863
- (800)873-7869
-
-
- 1C.5 How does CVS differ from Aegis?
-
- Aegis appears to be a policy-setting tool that allows you to use
- other sub-programs (make, RCS, etc.) to implement pieces of the
- imposed policy.
-
- The initial document seems to say that most Unix tools are
- inadequate for use under Aegis.
-
- It is not really similar to CVS and requires a different mindset.
-
- [[Need more info here.]]
-
-
- 1C.6 How does CVS differ from Shapetools?
-
- Shapetools includes a build mechanism (called Shape, not
- surprisingly) that is aware of the version mechanism, and some
- dependency tracking. It is based on a file system extension
- called Attributed File System, which allows arbitrary-sized
- "attributes" to be associated with a file. Files are version
- controlled in a manner similar to RCS. Configurations are managed
- through the Shapefile, an extension of the Makefile syntax and
- functionality. Shape includes version selection rules to allow
- sophisticated selection of component versions in a build.
-
- Shapetools' concurrency control is pessimistic, in contrast to
- that of CVS. Also, there's very limited support for branching and
- merging. It has a built-in policy for transitioning a system from
- initial development to production.
-
- Contributed by Don Dwiggins
-
-
- 1C.7 How does CVS differ from TeamNet?
-
- TeamNet is a configuration management tool from TeamOne.
-
- For more information, contact:
-
- TeamOne
- 710 Lakeway Drive, Ste 100
- Sunnyvale, CA 94086
- (800) 442-6650
-
- Contributed by Steve Turner
-
-
- 1C.8 How does CVS differ from ProFrame?
-
- ProFrame is a new system integration framework from IBM.
- ProFrame is compliant with the CFI (CAD Framework Initiative)
- industry standards, including the Scheme extension language.
-
- ProFrame consists of three major components: (1) the Process
- Manager that automates your local design methodology (2) the
- Design Data Manager handles configuration management, and (3)
- Inter-tool Communication to provide a communication path among
- tools running on heterogeneous servers.
-
- The Design Data Manager(2) is probably the appropriate
- component to compare to CVS. The Design Data Manager provides
- version control with checkin/checkout capability,
- configuration management, and data dependency tracking. A
- graphical data selection interface is provided. Using this
- interface, you may create and manipulate objects and hierarchy
- structures, view the revision history for an object, and view
- and assign attributes to a design object.
-
- The ProFrame server currently runs only on RS6000, but clients
- may be a wide variety of Unix platforms. Contact IBM for the
- latest platform information.
-
- For more information, contact:
-
- IBM
- EDA Marketing and Sales
- P.O. Box 950, M/S P121
- Poughkeepsie, NY 12602
- (800) 332-0066
-
-
- Contributed by Steve Turner
- [extracted from the ProFrame 1.1.0 datasheet]
-
-
- 1C.9 How does CVS differ from CaseWare/CM?
-
- CaseWare/CM is a software configuration management product
- from CaseWare, Inc. CaseWare/CM may be customized to support
- a wide variety of methodologies, including various phases of
- the software lifecycle, and different access rights for users.
-
- A GUI is provided to view version histories and
- configurations. A merge tools is also included. CaseWare
- supports type-specific lifecycles, which allows different types
- of files to move through different lifecycles. Also provided
- is a build facility to support automatic dependency analysis,
- parallel, distributed, and remote builds, and variant
- releases.
-
- CaseWare/CM has been integrated with other CASE tools,
- including FrameMaker, ALSYS Ada, CodeCenter/Object Center, HP
- SoftBench, and Software Through Pictures. CaseWare also
- offers CaseWare/PT, a problem tracking system to integrate
- change requests with configuration management.
-
- Multiple vendors and operating systems are supported.
-
- For more information, contact:
-
- CaseWare, Inc.
- 108 Pacifica, 2nd Floor
- Irvine, CA 92718-3332
- (714) 453-2200 (phone)
- (714) 453-2276 (fax)
-
- Contributed by Steve Turner
- [extracted from the CaseWare/CM data sheet]
-
-
- 1C.10 How does CVS differ from Sublime?
-
- Produced by AT&T.
-
- [[Need more info here.]]
-
-
- 1C.11 How does CVS differ from PVCS?
-
- PVCS works on single files like RCS and SCCS, CVS works on
- complete subsystems. PVCS has a make utility (called a
- configuration builder), CVS does not. PVCS has a GUI interface
- for Unix, DOS, OS/2, and MS Windows.
-
- Intersolv, Inc.
- 1700 NW 167th Place
- OR 97006
-
- Contributed by Per Abrahamsen
- [Extracted from Intersolv Marketing literature.]
-
-
- 1C.12 How does CVS differ from CMVC?
-
- CMVC is an IBM Configuration Management and Version Control
- system. (Though I'm not certain that's the right acronym
- expansion.) It runs on Suns, HPs, RS6000s, OS/2 and Windows.
-
- Other than revision control, it apparently has features to manage
- releases, bug tracking and the connection between alterations and
- reported bugs and feature requests. It is a client/server system,
- based on a choice of commercial Relational Database systems, and
- it provides a Motif or command line interface.
-
- Unlike CVS, it uses a strict locking protocol to serialize source
- code alterations.
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 1D -- What do you mean by . . .? (Definitions)
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 1D.1 What are "The Repository", "$CVSROOT" and "CVSROOT"?
- 1D.2 What is an RCS file?
- 1D.3 What is a working file?
- 1D.4 What is a working directory (or working area)?
- 1D.5 What is "checking out"?
- 1D.6 What is a revision?
- 1D.7 What is a "Tag"?
- 1D.8 What are "HEAD" and "BASE"?
- 1D.9 What is a Branch?
- 1D.10 What is "the trunk"?
- 1D.11 What is a module?
- 1D.12 What does "merge" mean?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
-
- 1D.1 What are "The Repository", "$CVSROOT" and "CVSROOT"?
-
- The Repository is a directory tree containing the CVS
- administrative files and all the RCS files that constitute
- "imported" or "committed" work. The Repository is kept in a
- shared area, separate from the working areas of all developers.
-
- Users of CVS must set their "CVSROOT" environment variable to the
- absolute pathname of the head of the Repository. Most command
- line interpreters replace an instance of "$CVSROOT" with the value
- of the "CVSROOT" environment variable. By analogy, in this
- document "$CVSROOT" is used as shorthand for "the absolute
- pathname of the directory at the head of the Repository".
-
- One of the things found in $CVSROOT is a directory named CVSROOT.
- It contains all the "state", the administrative files, that CVS
- needs during execution. The "modules", "history", "commitinfo",
- "loginfo" and other files can be found there. See 4B.2 for more
- information about CVSROOT files.
-
-
- 1D.2 What is an RCS file?
-
- An RCS file is a text file containing the source text and the
- revision history for all committed revisions of a source file. It
- is stored separately from the working files, in a directory
- hierarchy, called the Repository.
-
- RCS is the "Revision Control System" that CVS uses to manage
- individual files. RCS file names normally end in ",v", but
- that can be altered (via the RCS -x option) to conform to file
- naming standards on platforms with unusual filename limitations.
-
-
- 1D.3 What is a working file?
-
- A working file is a disk file containing a checked-out copy of a
- source file that earlier had been placed under CVS. If the
- working file has been edited, the changes since the last committed
- revision are invisible to other users of CVS.
-
-
- 1D.4 What is a working directory (or working area)?
-
- A working directory is the place where you work and the place
- from which you "commit" files.
-
- The "checkout" command creates a tree of working directories,
- filling them with working files. Each working directory contains
- a sub-directory named ./CVS containing three administrative files,
- which are created by "checkout" and are always present:
-
- ./CVS/Entries
- contains information about working files.
-
- ./CVS/Repository
- contains the location of the directory within the
- Repository that was used to create the working directory.
-
- ./CVS/Root
- contains the value of $CVSROOT at the time you created
- the working directory.
-
- Other files may also appear in ./CVS depending on the state of
- your working directory:
-
- ./CVS/Tag
- contains the "sticky tag" associated with the whole
- directory. See 3A.2 for its main purpose.
- [Created by "checkout" or "update" when using "-r <tag>".]
- [Deleted by "checkout" or "update" when using '-A'.]
-
- ./CVS/Entries.Static
- contains a fixed list of working files. If this file
- exists, an "update" doesn't automatically bring newly
- added files out of the Repository.
- [Created and maintained by hand.]
-
- ./CVS/Checkin.prog
- contains a program to run whenever anything in the
- working directory is committed.
- [Created by checkout if "-i <prog>" appears in the
- modules file for the checked-out module.]
-
- ./CVS/Update.prog
- contains a program to run whenever anything in the
- working directory is updated.
- [Created by checkout if "-u <prog>" appears in the
- modules file for the checked-out module.]
-
- ./CVS/<file>,p
- ./CVS/<file>,t
- contain (possibly zero-length) state information about an
- "add" that has not been committed.
- [Created by "add".]
- [Deleted by "commit" or "remove".]
-
-
- 1D.5 What is "checking out"?
-
- "Checking out" is the act of using the "checkout" command to
- copy a particular revision from a set of RCS files into your
- working area. You normally execute "checkout" only once per
- working directory (or tree of working directories), maintaining
- them thereafter with the "update" command.
-
- See section 3C on the "checkout" command.
-
-
- 1D.6 What is a revision?
-
- A "revision" is a version of a file that was "committed"
- ("checked in", in RCS terms) some time in the past. CVS (and
- RCS) can retrieve any file that was committed by specifying its
- revision number or its "tag" ("symbolic name", in RCS terms).
-
- In CVS, a "tag" is more useful than a revision number. It usually
- marks a milestone in development represented by different revision
- numbers in different files, all available as one "tagged"
- collection.
-
- Sometimes the word "revision" is used as shorthand for "the file
- you get if you retrieve (via "checkout" or "update") the given
- revision from the Repository."
-
-
- 1D.7 What is a "Tag"?
-
- A "Tag" is a symbolic name, a synonym or alias for a
- particular revision number in a file. The CVS "tag" command
- places the same "Tag" on all files in a working directory,
- allowing you to retrieve those files by name in the future.
-
- The CVS "Tag" is implemented by applying RCS "symbols" to each
- individual file. The Tags on a file (or collection of files) may
- be displayed using the "log" command.
-
-
- 1D.8 What are "HEAD" and "BASE"?
-
- HEAD and BASE are built-in tags that don't show up in the "log"
- or "status" listings. They are interpreted directly by CVS.
-
- "HEAD" refers to the latest revision on the current branch in the
- Repository. The current branch is either the main line of
- development, or a branch in development created by placing a
- branch tag on a set of files and checking out that branch.
-
- "BASE" refers to the revision on the current branch you last
- checked out, updated, or committed. If you have not modified
- your working file, "BASE" is the committed revision matching it.
-
- Most of the time BASE and HEAD refer to the same revision. They
- can become different in two ways:
-
- 1. Someone else changed HEAD by committing a new revision of your
- file to the Repository. You can pull BASE up to equal HEAD by
- executing "update".
-
- 2. You moved BASE backward by executing "checkout" or "update"
- with the option "-r <rev/tag>" or "-D <date>". CVS records a
- sticky tag and moves your files to the specified earlier
- revision. You can clear the sticky tag and pull BASE up to
- equal HEAD again by executing "update -A".
-
-
- 1D.9 What is a Branch?
-
- In general, a branch is any mechanism that allows one or more
- developers to modify a file without affecting anyone other than
- those working on the same branch.
-
- There are four kinds of "branch" CVS can manage:
-
- 1. The Vendor Branch.
-
- A single vendor branch is supported. The "import" command
- takes a sequence of releases from a source code vendor (called
- a "vendor" even if no money is involved), placing them on a
- special "Vendor" branch. The Vendor branch is considered part
- of the "Main line" of development, though it must be merged
- into locally modified files on the RCS Main branch before the
- "import" is complete.
-
- See Section 3H ("import").
-
- 2. Your Working directory.
-
- A checked-out working directory, can be treated like a private
- branch. No one but you can touch your files. You have
- complete control over when you include work committed by
- others. However, you can't commit or tag intermediate versions
- of your work.
-
- 3. A Development branch.
-
- A group of developers can share changes among the group,
- without affecting the Main line of development, by creating a
- branch. Only those who have checked-out the branch see the
- changes committed to that branch. This kind of branch is
- usually temporary, collapsing (i.e. merge and forget) into the
- Main line when the project requiring the branch is completed.
-
- You can also create a private branch of this type, allowing an
- individual to commit (and tag) intermediate revisions without
- changing the Main line. It should be managed exactly like a
- Development Branch -- collapsed into the Main line (or its
- parent branch, if that is not the Main Branch) and forgotten
- when the work is done.
-
- 4. A Release branch.
-
- At release time, a branch should be created marking what was
- released. Later, small changes (sometimes called "patches")
- can be made to the release without including everything else on
- the Main line of development. You avoid forcing the customer
- to accept new, possibly untested, features added since the
- release. This is also the way to correct bugs found during
- testing in an environment where other developers have continued
- to commit to the Main line while you are testing and packaging
- the release.
-
- Although the internal format of this type of branch (branch tag
- and RCS branches) is the same as in a development branch, its
- purpose and the way it is managed are different. The major
- difference is that a Release branch is normally Permanent.
- Once you let a release out the door to customers, or to the
- next stage of whatever process you are using, you should retain
- forever the branch marking that release.
-
- Since the branch is permanent, you cannot incorporate the
- branch fixes into the Main line by "collapsing" (merging and
- forgetting) the release branch. For large changes to many
- files on the release branch, you will have to perform a branch
- merge using "update -j <rev> -j <rev>". (See 4C.7)
-
- The most common way to merge small changes back into Main line
- development is to make the change in both places
- simultaneously. This is faster than trying to perform a
- selective merge.
-
- See 1D.12 (merges) and Section 4C, on Branching for more info.
-
-
- 1D.10 What is "the trunk"?
-
- Another name for the RCS Main Branch. The RCS Main Branch is
- related, but not equivalent, to both the CVS Main branch and what
- developers consider to be the Main line of development.
- See 3H.3 and Section 4C on Branching.
-
-
- 1D.11 What is a module?
-
- In essence, a module is a name you hand to the "checkout" command
- to retrieve one or more files to work on. It was originally
- intended to be a simple, unique name in the "modules" file
- attached to a directory or a subset of files within a directory.
-
- The module idea is now a somewhat slippery concept that can be
- defined in two different ways:
-
- A. A module is an argument to "checkout". There are three types:
-
- 1. An entry in the modules file. A "module" name as described
- in 'B.' below.
-
- 2. A relative path to a directory or file in the Repository.
-
- 3. A mixed-mode string of "modulename/relative-path".
- Everything up to the first slash ('/') is looked up as a
- module. The relative path is appended to the directory
- associated with the module name and the resulting path is
- checked out as in #2 above.
-
-
- B. A module is a unique (within the file) character string in the
- first column of the modules file. There are five types:
-
- 1. A name for a directory within the Repository that
- allows you to ignore the parent directories above it.
-
- Example:
-
- emacs gnu/emacs
-
-
- 2. A name for a subset of the files within such a directory.
-
- Example:
-
- ls unix/bin Makefile ls.c
-
- The 2nd through Nth strings in the above can be files,
- directories or module substitutions. No relative paths.
-
- A module substitution occurs when you use a '&module-name'
- reference. The module-name referred to is logically
- substituted for the '&module-name' string.
-
-
- 3. A relative pathname to a directory within the Repository
- which, when checked out, creates an image of part of the
- Repository structure in your current directory.
-
- Example:
-
- gnu/emacs -o /bin/emacs.helper gnu/emacs
-
- The files checked out are exactly the same as the files
- "checkout" would retrieve if the path weren't even in the
- modules file. The only reason to put this kind of relative
- pathname into the modules file is to hook one of the helper
- functions onto it.
-
-
- 4. A relative pathname to a single file within the Repository
- which, when checked out, creates something you probably
- don't want: It creates a directory by the name of the file
- and puts the file in it.
-
- Example:
-
- gnu/emacs/Makefile -o /bin/emacs.helper gnu/emacs Makefile
-
- The file checked out is the same as what you would get if
- you handed the relative pathname to the "checkout" command.
- But it puts it in a strange place. The only reason to do
- this is to hook a helper function onto a specific file name.
-
-
- 5. An alias consisting of a list of any of the above, including
- other aliases, plus exceptions.
-
- Example:
-
- my_work -a emacs !emacs/tests gnu/bison unix/bin/ls.c
-
-
- The exception "!emacs/test" above is functionally equivalent
- to specifying "!emacs/tests" on the "checkout" command line.
-
-
- Another way to look at it is that the modules file is simply
- another way to "name" files. The hierarchical directory
- structure provides another. You should use whatever turns out to
- be simplest for your development group.
-
- See 4G.2 for some specific ideas about how to use the modules file.
-
-
- 1D.12 What does "merge" mean?
-
- A merge is a way of combining changes made in two independent
- copies of a common starting file. Checking out an RCS revision
- produces a file, so for the purposes of a merge "file" and
- "revision" are equivalent. So, we can say there are always three
- "files" involved in a merge:
-
- 1. The original, starting, "base" or "branch point" file.
- 2. A copy of the base file modified in one way.
- 3. Another copy of the base file modified in a different way.
-
- Humans aren't very good at handling three things at once, so the
- terminology dealing with merges can become strained. One way to
- think about it is that all merges are performed by inserting the
- difference between a base revision and a later revision (committed
- by someone else) into your working file. Both the "later"
- revision and your working file are presumed to have started life
- as a copy of the "base" revision.
-
- In CVS, there are three main types of "merge":
-
- 1. The "update" command automatically merges revisions committed
- by others into your working file. In this case, the three
- files involved in the merge are:
-
- Base: The revision you originally checked out.
- Later: A revision committed onto the current branch
- after you checked out the Base revision.
- Working: Your working file. The one lying in the working
- directory containing changes you have made.
-
- 2. The "update -j <branch_tag> {optional files}" command merges
- changes made on the given branch into your working files, which
- is presumed to be on the Main line of development.
-
- See 4C.6
-
- 3. The "update -j <rev> -j <rev> {optional files}" command merges
- the difference between two specified revisions into files in
- your working directory. The two revisions <rev> are usually on
- the same branch and, when updating multiple files, they are
- most useful when they are Tag names rather than numeric
- revisions.
-
- See 4C.7
-
-
-
-
-==========================================
-== Section 2 ==== User Tasks ====
-==========================================
-
-----------------
--- Section 2A -- Getting Started
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 2A.1 What is the first thing I have to know?
- 2A.2 Where do I work?
- 2A.3 What does CVS use from my environment?
- 2A.4 OK, I've been told that CVS is set up, my module is named
- "ralph" and I have to start editing. What do I type?
- 2A.5 I have been using RCS for a while. Can I convert to CVS without
- losing my revision history? How about converting from SCCS?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 2A.1 What is the first thing I have to know?
-
- Your organization has most likely assigned one or more persons to
- understand, baby-sit and administer the CVS programs and the data
- Repository. I call these persons Repository Administrators. They
- should have set up a Repository and "imported" files into it.
-
- If you don't believe anyone has this responsibility, or you are
- just testing CVS, then *you* are the Repository Administrator.
-
- If you are a normal user of CVS ask your Repository Administrator
- what module you should check out.
-
- Then you can work.
-
- If you *are* the Repository Administrator, you will want to read
- everything you can get your hands on, including this FAQ. Source
- control issues can be difficult, especially when you get to
- branches and release planning. Expect to feel stupid for a few
- days/weeks.
-
- No tool in the universe avoids the need for intelligent
- organization. In other words, there are all sorts of related
- issues you will probably have to learn. Don't expect to dive in
- without any preparation, stuff your 300 Megabytes of sources into
- CVS and expect to start working. If you don't prepare first, you
- will probably spend a few sleepless nights.
-
-
- 2A.2 Where do I work?
-
- Wherever you have disk space. That's one of the advantages of
- CVS: you use the "checkout" command to copy files from the
- Repository to your working directory, which can be anywhere you
- have the space.
-
- Your local group might have conventions for where to work.
- Ask your peers.
-
-
- 2A.3 What does CVS use from my environment?
-
- You must set two environment variables. Some shells share these
- variables with local shell variables using a different syntax.
- You'll have to learn how your shell handles them.
-
- Variable Value (or action)
- --------- ---------------------
- CVSROOT Absolute pathname of the head of your Repository.
-
- PATH Normally set to a list of ':'-separated directory
- pathnames searched to find executables. You must
- make sure "cvs" is in one of the directories.
-
- If your CVS was built with the RCSBIN directory set
- to null (""), and you don't set the RCSBIN
- variable mentioned below, then the RCS commands
- also must be somewhere in your PATH.
-
-
- Optional variables: (Used if set, but ignored otherwise.)
-
- Variable Value (or action)
- --------- ---------------------
- CVSEDITOR The name of your favorite fast-start editor
- program. You'll be kicked into your editor to
- supply revision comments if you don't specify them
- via -m "Log message" on the command line.
-
- EDITOR Used if CVSEDITOR doesn't exist. If EDITOR
- doesn't exist, CVS uses a configured constant,
- usually, "vi".
-
- CVSREAD Sets files to read-only on "checkout".
-
- RCSBIN Changes where CVS finds the RCS commands.
-
- CVSIGNORE Adds to the ignore list. See Section 2D.
-
-
- Other variables used by CVS that are normally set upon login:
-
- Variable Value (or action)
- --------- ---------------------
- LOGNAME Used to find the real user name.
-
- USER Used to find the real user name if no LOGNAME.
-
- HOME Used to determine your home directory, if set.
- Otherwise LOGNAME/USER/getuid() are used to find
- your home directory from the passwd file.
-
- TMPDIR Used during import. It might also be used if your
- platform's version of mktemp(3) is unusual, or
- you have changed the source to use tmpnam(3).
-
-
-
- 2A.4 OK, I've been told that CVS is set up, my module is named
- "ralph" and I have to start editing. What do I type?
-
- cd <where you have some space to work>
- cvs checkout ralph
- cd ralph
-
- And hack away.
-
-
- 2A.5 I have been using RCS for a while. Can I convert to CVS without
- losing my revision history? How about converting from SCCS?
-
- If you are asking such questions, you are not a mere user of CVS,
- but one of its Administrators! You should take a look at Section
- 4A, "Installing CVS" and Section 4B, "Setting up and Managing
- the Repository".
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 2B -- Common User Tasks
-----------------
-
-What I consider a "common user task" generally involves combinations
-of the following commands:
-
- checkout, update, commit, diff, log, status, tag, add
-
-
-Conventions in this section:
-
- 1. Before each CVS command, you are assumed to have typed a "cd"
- command to move into a writable working directory.
-
- 2. All further "cd" commands specified in the examples are assumed
- to start in the above working directory.
-
- 3. Unless a point is being made about multiple instances, all modules
- are named <module>, all tags are named <tag> (branch tags are
- named <branch_tag>) and all files are named <file>.
-
- The checkout command will take a relative path name in place
- of a module name. If you use a relative pathname in place of
- <module>, you should use the same relative path every place
- you see <module> in that example.
-
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 2B.1 What is the absolute minimum I have to do to edit a file?
- 2B.2 If I edit multiple files, must I type "commit" for each one?
- 2B.3 How do I get rid of the <module> directory that "checkout" created?
- 2B.4 How do I find out what has changed since my last update?
- 2B.5 I just created a new file. How do I add it to the Repository?
- 2B.6 How do I merge changes made by others into my working directory?
- 2B.7 How do I label a set of revisions so I can retrieve them later?
- 2B.8 How do I checkout an old release of a module, directory or file?
- 2B.9 What do I have to remember to do periodically?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
-
- 2B.1 What is the absolute minimum I have to do to edit a file?
-
- Tell your Repository Administrator to create a module covering the
- directory or files you care about. You will be told that your
- module name is <module>. Then type:
-
- cvs checkout <module>
- cd <module>
- emacs <file> # Isn't Emacs a synonym for edit?
- cvs commit <file>
-
- If you don't use modules (in my opinion, a mistake), you can check
- out a directory by substituting its relative path within the
- Repository for <module> in the example above.
-
- To work on a single file, you'll have to change "cd <module>" to
- "cd `dirname <module>`".
-
-
- 2B.2 If I edit multiple files, must I type "commit" for each one?
-
- No. You can commit a list of files and directories, including
- relative paths into multiple directories. You can also commit
- every modified file in the current directory or in all directories
- and subdirectories from your current directory downward. See 3D.2.
-
-
- 2B.3 How do I get rid of the <module> directory that "checkout" created?
-
- Change your directory to be the same as when you executed the
- "checkout" command that created <module>.
-
- If you want to get rid of the CVS control information, but leave
- the files and directories, type:
-
- cvs release <module>
-
- If you want to obliterate the entire directory, type:
-
- cvs release -d <module>
-
- ("release -d" searches through the output of "cvs -n update" and
- refuses to continue if the "update" command finds any modified
- files or non-ignored foreign files. Foreign directories too.)
-
- If you don't care about keeping "history", or checking for
- modified and foreign files, you can just remove the whole
- directory. That's "rm -rf <module>" under Unix.
-
-
- 2B.4 How do I find out what has changed since my last update?
-
- There are many ways to answer this.
-
- To find out what you've changed in your current working directory
- since your last checkout, update or commit, type:
-
- cvs diff
-
- To find out what other people have added (to your branch) since
- you last checked out or updated, type:
-
- cvs diff -r BASE -r HEAD
-
- To look at a revision history containing the comments for all
- changes, you can use the "log" command.
-
- You can also use "history" to trace a wide variety of events.
-
-
- 2B.5 I just created a new file. How do I add it to the Repository?
-
- The "update" command will mark files CVS doesn't know about in
- your working directory with a '?' indicator.
-
- ? <file>
-
- To add <file> to the Repository, type:
-
- cvs add <file>
- cvs commit <file>
-
- See 3A.[2-5] and 4C.8 for branch and merge considerations.
-
-
- 2B.6 How do I merge changes made by others into my working directory?
-
- If you are asking about other branches, see Section 4C on
- "Branching". You will have to use the "update -j" command.
-
- Retrieving changes made to the Repository on the *same* branch you
- are working on is the main purpose of the "update" command. The
- "update" command tries to merge work committed to the Repository
- by others since you last executed "checkout", "update" or "commit"
- into your working files.
-
- For a single file, there are six possible results when you type
- the "update" command:
-
- 1. If the file is lying in your working directory, but is not
- under CVS, it will do nothing but print:
-
- ? <file>
-
- 2. If neither you nor anyone else has committed changes to <file>,
- since your last "checkout", "update" or "commit", "update"
- will print nothing and do nothing.
-
- 3. If you have made no changes to a working file, but you or
- others have committed changes to the Repository since your last
- "checkout", "update" or "commit" of this working file, CVS will
- remove your working file and replace it with a copy of the
- latest revision of that file in the Repository. It will print:
-
- U <file>
-
- You might want to examine the changes (using the CVS "diff"
- command) to see if they mesh with your own in related files.
-
- 4. If you have made changes to a working file, but no one has
- changed your BASE revision (the revision you retrieved from the
- Repository in your last "checkout", "update" or "commit"),
- "update" will print:
-
- M <file>
-
- Nothing changes. You were told that you have a modified
- file in your directory.
-
- 5. If you have made changes to your working file and you or others
- have committed changes to the Repository, but in different
- sections of the file, CVS will merge the changes stored in the
- Repository since your last "checkout", "update" or "commit"
- into your working file. "update" will print:
-
- RCS file: /Repository/module/<file>
- retrieving revision 1.X
- retrieving revision 1.Y
- Merging differences between 1.X and 1.Y into <file>
- M <file>
-
- If you execute "diff" before and after this step, you should
- see the same output, since both the base file and your working
- file changed in parallel. This is one of the few times the
- otherwise nonsensical phrase "same difference" means something.
-
- 6. If both you and those who committed files (since your last
- checkout, update or commit) have made changes to the same
- section of a file, CVS will merge the changes into your file as
- in #5 above, but it will leave conflict indicators in the file.
- "update" will print:
-
- RCS file: /Repository/module/<file>
- retrieving revision 1.X
- retrieving revision 1.Y
- Merging differences between 1.X and 1.Y into <file>
- rcsmerge warning: overlaps during merge
- cvs update: conflicts found in <file>
- C <file>
-
- This is a "conflict". The file will contain markers
- surrounding the overlapping text. The 'C' conflict indicator
- is sticky -- subsequent "update" commands will continue to show
- a 'C' until you edit the file.
-
- You must examine the overlaps with care and resolve the problem
- by analyzing how to retain the features of both changes. See
- 2D.7 and 3P.6 for more details on conflict resolution.
-
-
- 2B.7 How do I label a set of revisions so I can retrieve them later?
-
- To "tag" the BASE revisions (the ones you last checked out,
- updated, or committed) you should "cd" to the head of the working
- directory you want to tag and type:
-
- cvs tag <tag>
-
- It recursively walks through your working directory tagging the
- BASE revisions of all files.
-
- To "tag" the latest revision on the Main branch in the
- Repository, you can use the following from anywhere:
- (No "cd" is required -- it works directly on the Repository.)
-
- cvs rtag <tag> <module>
-
-
- 2B.8 How do I checkout an old release of a module, directory or file?
-
- Module names and directories are simply ways to name sets of
- files. Once the names are determined, there are 6 ways to specify
- which revision of a particular file to check out:
-
- 1. By tag or symbolic name, via the "-r <tag>" option.
-
- 2. By date, via the "-D <date>" option.
-
- 3. By branch tag (a type of tag with a magic format), via the
- "-r <branch_tag>" option.
-
- 4. By date within a branch, via the "-r <branch_tag>:<date>"
- option.
-
- 5. By an explicit branch revision number ("-r <rev>"), which
- refers to the latest revision on the branch. This isn't really
- an "old" revision, from the branch's perspective, but from the
- user's perspective the whole branch might have been abandoned
- in the past.
-
- 6. An explicit revision number: "-r <rev>" Though this works, it
- is almost useless for more than one file.
-
-
- You type:
-
- cvs checkout <option-specified-above> <module>
- cd <module>
-
-
- 2B.9 What do I have to remember to do periodically?
-
- You should execute "cvs -n update" fairly often to keep track of
- what you and others have changed. It won't change anything -- it
- will just give you a report.
-
- Unless you are purposely delaying the inclusion of others' work,
- you should execute "update" once in a while and resolve the
- conflicts. It is not good to get too far out of sync with the
- rest of the developers working on your branch.
-
- It is assumed that your system administrators have arranged for
- editor backup and Unix temp files (#* and .#*) to be deleted after
- a few weeks. But you might want to look around for anything else
- that is ignored or hidden. Try "cvs -n update -I !" to see all
- the ignored files.
-
- If you are the Repository Administrator, see 4B.16 on
- Administrator responsibilities.
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 2C -- Less Common User Tasks
-----------------
-
-What I consider a "less common user task" generally involves one or
-more of the following commands:
-
- history, import, export, rdiff, release, remove, rtag
-
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 2C.1 Can I create non-CVS sub-directories in my working directory?
- 2C.2 How do I add new sub-directories to the Repository?
- 2C.3 How do I remove a file I don't need?
- 2C.4 How do I rename a file?
- 2C.5 How do I make sure that all the files and directories in my
- working directory are really in the Repository?
- 2C.6 How do I create a branch?
- 2C.7 How do I modify the modules file? How about the other files in
- the CVSROOT administrative area?
- 2C.8 How do I split a file into pieces, retaining revision histories?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
-
- 2C.1 Can I create non-CVS sub-directories in my working directory?
-
- Yes. Unless the directory exists in the Repository, "update" will
- skip over them and print a '?' the way it does for files you
- forgot to add. You can avoid seeing the '?' by adding the name
- of the foreign directory to the ./.cvsignore file, just ask you
- can do with files.
-
- If you explicitly mention a foreign directory on the "update"
- command line, it will traverse the directory and waste a bit of
- time, but if any directory or sub-directory lacks the ./CVS
- administrative directory, CVS will print an error and abort.
-
-
- 2C.2 How do I add new sub-directories to the Repository?
-
- The "add" command will work on directories. You type:
-
- mkdir <dir>
- cvs add <dir>
-
- It will respond:
-
- Directory /Repos/<dir> added to the repository
-
- and will create both a matching directory in the Repository and a
- ./CVS administrative directory within the local <dir> directory.
-
-
- 2C.3 How do I remove a file I don't need?
-
- (See the questions in Section 4B on removing files from the
- Repository.)
-
- You type:
-
- rm <file>
- cvs remove <file>
-
- CVS registers the file for removal. To complete the removal, you
- must type:
-
- cvs commit <file>
-
- CVS moves the file to the Attic associated with your working
- directory. Each directory in the Repository stores its deleted
- files in an Attic sub-directory. A normal "checkout" doesn't
- look in the Attic, but if you specify a tag, a date or a
- revision, the "checkout" (or "update") command will retrieve
- files from the Attic with that tag, date or revision.
-
-
- 2C.4 How do I rename a file?
-
- CVS does not offer a way to rename a file in a way that CVS can
- track later. See Section 4B for more information.
-
- Here is the best (to some, the only acceptable) way to get the
- effect of renaming, while preserving the change log:
-
- 1. Copy the RCS (",v") file directly in the Repository.
-
- cp $CVSROOT/<odir>/<ofile>,v $CVSROOT/<ndir>/<nfile>,v
-
- By duplicating the file, you will preserve the change
- history and the ability to retrieve earlier revisions of the
- old file via the "-r <tag/rev>" or "-D <date>" options to
- "checkout" and "update".
-
- 2. Remove the old file using CVS.
-
- cd <working-dir>/<odir>
- rm <ofile>
- cvs remove <ofile>
- cvs commit <ofile>
-
- This will move the <ofile> to the Attic associated with
- <odir>.
-
- 3. Retrieve <nfile> and remove all the Tags from it.
-
- By stripping off all the old Tags, "checkout -r" and
- "update -r" won't retrieve revisions Tagged before
- the renaming.
-
- cd <working-dir>/<ndir>
- cvs update <nfile>
- cvs log <nfile> # Save the list of Tags
- cvs tag -d <tag1> <nfile>
- cvs tag -d <tag2> <nfile>
- . . .
-
-
- This technique can be used to rename files within one directory or
- across different directories. You can apply this idea to
- directories too, as long as you apply the above to each file and
- don't delete the old directory.
-
- Of course, you have to change your build system (e.g. Makefile) in
- your <working-dir> to know about the name change.
-
- Warning: Stripping the old tags from the copied file will allow
- "-r <tag>" to do the right thing, but you will still have problems
- with "-D <date>" because there is no place to store the "deletion
- time". See 5B.3 for more details.
-
-
- 2C.5 How do I make sure that all the files and directories in my
- working directory are really in the Repository?
-
- A "cvs update", or "cvs -n update" (which won't modify your
- working directory) will display foreign elements, which have no
- counterpart in the Repository, preceded by a '?'. To register
- foreign directories, you can use "cvs add". To register foreign
- files, you can use "cvs add" followed by "cvs commit".
-
- You could also checkout your module, or the Repository directory
- associated with your working directory, a second time into another
- work area and compare it to your working directory using the
- (non-CVS) "diff -r" command.
-
- By default many patterns of files are ignored. If you create a
- file named "core" or a file ending in ".o", it is usually
- ignored. If you really want to see all the files that aren't in
- the Repository, you can use a special "ignore" pattern to say
- "ignore no files". Try executing: (You may have to quote or
- backwhack (i.e. precede by '\') the '!' in your shell.)
-
- cvs -n update -I !
-
- The above command will display not only the normal modified,
- update and conflict indicators ('M', 'U', and 'C' respectively) on
- files within the Repository, but it will also display each file
- not in the Repository preceded by a '?' character.
-
- The '-n' option will not allow "update" to alter your working
- directory.
-
-
- 2C.6 How do I create a branch?
-
- Type this in your working directory:
-
- cvs tag -b <branch_tag>
-
- and you will create a branch. No files have real branches in them
- yet, but if you move onto the branch by typing:
-
- cvs update -r <branch_tag>
-
- and commit a file in the normal way:
-
- cvs commit <file>
-
- then a branch will be created in the underlying <file>,v file and
- the new revision of <file> will appear only on that branch.
-
- See Section 4C, on Branching.
-
-
- 2C.7 How do I modify the modules file? How about the other files in
- the CVSROOT administrative area?
-
- A module named "modules" has been provided in the default modules
- file, so you can type:
-
- cvs checkout modules
- cd modules
-
- Another module named CVSROOT has been provided in the default
- modules file, covering all the administrative files. Type:
-
- cvs checkout CVSROOT
- cd CVSROOT
-
- Then you can edit your files, followed by:
-
- cvs commit
-
- If you start with the provided template for the "modules" file,
- the CVSROOT and the "modules" module will have the "mkmodules"
- program as a "commit helper". After a file is committed to such a
- module, "mkmodules" will convert a number of standard files (See
- 4B.2) in the CVSROOT directory inside the Repository into a form
- that is usable by CVS.
-
-
- 2C.8 How do I split a file into pieces, retaining revision histories?
-
- If you and a coworker find yourselves repeatedly committing the
- same file, but never for changes in the same area of the file, you
- might want to split the file into two or more pieces. If you are
- both changing the same section of code, splitting the file is of
- no use. You should talk to each other instead.
-
- If you decide to split the file, here's a suggestion. In many
- ways, it is similar to multiple "renamings" as described in
- 2C.4 above.
-
- Say you want to split <fileA>, which already in the Repository,
- into three pieces, <fileA>, <fileB> and <fileC>.
-
- 1. Copy the RCS (",v") files directly in the Repository,
- creating the new files, then bring readable copies of the
- new files into the working directory via "update".
-
- cp $CVSROOT/<path>/<fileA>,v $CVSROOT/<path>/<fileB>,v
- cp $CVSROOT/<path>/<fileA>,v $CVSROOT/<path>/<fileC>,v
- cvs update <fileB> <fileC>
-
- 2. Then remove all the <tags> from the new files by using:
-
- cvs log <fileB> <fileC> # Save the list of <tag?>
- cvs tag -d <tag1> <fileB> <fileC>
- cvs tag -d <tag2> <fileB> <fileC>
- . . .
-
- 3. Edit each file until it has the data you want in it.
- This is a hand-editing job, not something CVS can handle.
- Then commit all the files.
-
- [From experience, I'd suggest making sure that only one copy
- of each line of code exists among the three files, except
- for "include" statements, which must be duplicated. And
- make sure the code compiles.]
-
- emacs <fileA> <fileB> <fileC>
- cvs commit <fileA> <fileB> <fileC>
-
-
- As in the "rename" case, by duplicating the files, you'll preserve
- the change history and the ability to retrieve earlier revisions.
-
- Of course, you have to alter your build system (e.g. Makefiles) to
- take the new names and the change in contents into account.
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 2D -- General Questions
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 2D.1 How do I see what CVS is trying to do?
- 2D.2 If I work with multiple modules, should I check them all out and
- commit them occasionally? Is it OK to leave modules checked out?
- 2D.3 What is a "sticky" tag? What makes it sticky? How do I loosen it?
- 2D.4 How do I get an old revision without updating the "sticky tag"?
- 2D.5 What operations disregard sticky tags?
- 2D.6 Is there a way to avoid reverting my Emacs buffer after
- committing a file? Is there a "cvs-mode" for Emacs?
- 2D.7 How does conflict resolution work? What *really* happens if two
- of us change the same file?
- 2D.8 How can I tell who has a module checked out?
- 2D.9 Where did the .#<file>.1.3 file in my working directory come from?
- 2D.10 What is this "ignore" business? What is it ignoring?
- 2D.11 Is there a way to set user-specific configuration options?
- 2D.12 Is it safe to interrupt CVS using Control-C?
- 2D.13 How do I turn off the "admin" command?
- 2D.14 How do I turn off the ability to disable history via "cvs -l"?
- 2D.15 How do I keep certain people from accessing certain directories?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
-
- 2D.1 How do I see what CVS is trying to do?
-
- The '-t' option on the main "cvs" command will display every
- external command (mostly RCS commands and file deletions) it
- executes. When combined with the '-n' option, which prevents the
- execution of any command that might modify a file, you can see
- what it will do before you let it fly. The '-t' option will *not*
- display every internal action, only calls to external programs.
-
- To see a harmless example, try typing:
-
- cvs -nt update
-
- Some systems offer a "trace" or "truss" command that will display
- all system calls as they happen. This is a *very* low-level
- interface that does not normally follow the execution of external
- commands, but it can be useful.
-
- The most complete answer is to read the source, compile it
- with the '-g' option and step through it under a debugger.
-
-
- 2D.2 If I work with multiple modules, should I check them all out and
- commit them occasionally? Is it OK to leave modules checked out?
-
- The simple answers are "Yes."
-
- There is no reason to remove working directories, other than to
- save disk space. As long as you have committed the files you
- choose to make public, your working directory is just like any
- other directory.
-
- CVS doesn't care whether you leave modules checked out or not.
- The advantage of leaving them checked out is that you can quickly
- visit them to make and commit changes.
-
-
- 2D.3 What is a "sticky" tag? What makes it sticky? How do I loosen it?
-
- When you execute "update -r <tag>", CVS remembers the <tag>. It
- has become "sticky" in the sense that until you change it or
- remove it, the tag is remembered and used in references to the
- file as if you had typed "-r <tag>" on the command line.
-
- It is most useful for a <branch_tag>, which is a sticky tag
- indicating what branch you are working on.
-
- A revision number ("-r <rev-number>") or date ("-D <date>") can
- also become sticky when they are specified on the command line.
-
- A sticky tag, revision or date remains until you specify another
- tag, revision or date the same way. The "update -A" command
- moves back to the Main branch, which has the side-effect of
- clearing all sticky items on the updated files.
-
- The "checkout" command creates sticky tags, revisions and dates
- the same way "update" does.
-
- Also, the '-k' option records a "sticky" keyword option that
- is used in further "updates until "update -A" is specified.
-
-
- 2D.4 How do I get an old revision without updating the "sticky tag"?
-
- Use the '-p' option to "pipe" data to standard output. The
- command "update -p -r <tag/rev>" sends the selected revision to
- your standard output (usually the terminal, unless redirected).
- The '-p' affects no disk files, leaving a "sticky tag" unaltered
- and avoiding all other side-effects of a normal "update".
-
- If you want to save the result, you can redirect "stdout" to a
- file using your shell's redirection capability. In most shells
- the following command works:
-
- cvs update -p -r <tag/rev> filename > diskfile
-
-
- 2D.5 What operations disregard sticky tags?
-
- The functions that routinely disregard sticky tags are:
-
- 1. Those that work directly on the Repository or its
- administrative files:
-
- admin rtag log status remove history
-
- 2. Those that take Tags or revisions as arguments and ignore
- everything else: (They also never *set* a sticky tag.)
-
- rdiff import export
-
- 3. The "release" command itself ignores sticky tags, but it
- calls "cvs -n update" (which *does* pay attention to a
- sticky tag) to figure out what inconsistencies exist in
- the working directory. If no discrepancies exist between
- the files you originally checked out (possibly marked by a
- sticky tag) and what is there now, "release -d" will
- delete them all.
-
- 4. The "tag" command works on the revision lying in the
- working directory however it got there. That the revision
- lying there might happen to have a sticky tag attached to
- it is not the "tag" command's concern.
-
-
- The main function that *does* read and write sticky tags is the
- "update" command. You can avoid referring to or changing the
- sticky tag by using the '-p' option, which sends files to your
- terminal, touching nothing else.
-
- The "checkout" command sets sticky tags when checking out a new
- module and it acts like "update" when checking out a module into
- an existing directory.
-
- The "diff" and "commit" commands use the sticky tags, unless
- overridden on the command line. They do not set sticky tags.
- Note that you can only "commit" to a file checked out with a
- sticky tag, if the tag identifies a branch.
-
- There are really two types of sticky tags, one attached to
- individual files (in the ./CVS/Entries file) and one attached to
- each directory (in the ./CVS/Tag file). They can differ.
-
- The "add" command registers the desire to add a new file. If the
- "directory tag" (./CVS/Tag) file exists at the time of the "add",
- the value stored in ./CVS/Tag becomes the "sticky tag" on the new
- file. The file doesn't exist in the Repository until you "commit"
- it, but the ./CVS/Entries file holds the sticky tag name from the
- time of the "add" forward.
-
-
- 2D.6 Is there a way to avoid reverting my Emacs buffer after
- committing a file? Is there a "cvs-mode" for Emacs?
-
- See Section 4F.1
-
-
- 2D.7 How does conflict resolution work? What *really* happens if two
- of us change the same file?
-
- While editing files, there is no conflict. You are working on
- separate copies of the file stored in the virtual "branch"
- represented by your working directories. After one of you commits
- a file, the other may not commit the same file until "update" has
- merged the earlier committed changes into the later working file.
-
- For example, say you both check out rev 1.2 of <file> and make
- change to your working files. Your coworker commits revision 1.3.
- When you try to commit your file, CVS says:
-
- cvs commit: Up-to-date check failed for `<file>'
-
- You must merge your coworker's changes into your working file by
- typing:
-
- cvs update <file>
-
- which will produce the output described in 2B.6.
-
- If a conflict occurs, the filename will be shown with a status of
- 'C'. After you resolve any overlaps caused by the merging
- process, you may then commit the file. See 3P.6 for info on
- "sticky conflicts".
-
- Even if you get a simple 'M', you should examine the differences
- before committing the file. A smooth, error-free text merge is
- still no indication that the file is in proper shape. Compile and
- test it at least.
-
- The answer to two obvious questions is "Yes".
-
- Yes, the first one who commits avoids the merge. Later developers
- have to merge the earlier changes into their working files before
- committing the merged result. Depending on how difficult the merge
- is and how important the contending projects are, the order of
- commits and updates might have to be carefully staged.
-
- And yes, between the time you execute "update" and "commit" (while
- you are fixing conflicts and testing the results) someone else may
- commit another revision of <file>. You will have to execute
- "update" again to merge the new work before committing. Most
- organizations don't have this problem. If you do, you might
- consider splitting the file. Or hiring a manager.
-
-
- 2D.8 How can I tell who has a module checked out?
-
- If you "checkout" module names (not relative pathnames) and you
- use the release command, the "history" command will display active
- checkouts, who has them and where they were checked out. It is
- advisory only; it can be circumvented by using the '-l' option on
- the main "cvs" command.
-
-
- 2D.9 Where did the .#<file>.1.3 file in my working directory come from?
-
- It was created during an "update" when CVS merged changes from the
- Repository into your modified working file.
-
- It serves the same purpose as any "backup" file: saving your bacon
- often enough to be worth retaining. It is invaluable in
- recovering when things go wrong.
-
- Say Developers A (you) and B check out rev 1.3 of file <file>.
- You both make changes -- different changes. B commits first, so
- <file>,v in the Repository contains revisions up through 1.4.
-
- At this point, there are 5 (yes, five) versions of the file of
- interest to you:
-
- 1. Revision 1.3 (What you originally checked out.)
- 2. Revision 1.4 (What you need from developer B.)
- 3. Your old working file. (Before the update.)
- 4. Your new working file. (After the merge caused by "update".)
- 5. Revision 1.5 (Which you will commit shortly.)
-
- In the case where your working file was not modified, #1 and #3
- will be the same, as will #2 and #4. In this degenerate case,
- there is no need to create #5. The following assumes that your
- working file was modified.
-
- If the merge executed by the "update" caused no overlaps, and you
- commit the file immediately, #4 and #5 will be the same. But you
- can make arbitrary changes before committing, so the difference
- between #4 and #5 might be more than just the correction of
- overlaps. In general, though, you don't need #4 after a commit.
-
- But #3 (which is the one saved as ".#<file>.1.3") holds all of
- your work, independent of B's work. It could represent a major
- effort that you couldn't afford to lose. If you don't save it
- somewhere, the merge makes #3 *disappear* under a potential
- blizzard of conflicts caused by overlapping changes.
-
- I have been saved a few times, and others I support have been
- saved hundreds of times, by the ability to "diff <original file>
- <original file with only my work added>", which can be done in the
- example above by the Unix shell command:
-
- cvs update -p -r 1.3 <file> | diff - .#<file>.1.3
-
- The assumption is that the ".#" files will be useful far beyond
- the "commit" point, but not forever. You are expected to run
- the "normal" Unix cleanup script from "cron", which removes "#*"
- and ".#*" files older than a some period chosen by your
- sysadmin, usually ranging from 7 to 30 days.
-
- A question was raised about the need for #3 after #5 has been
- committed, under the assumption that you won't commit files until
- everything is exactly as you like them.
-
- This assumes perfect humans, which violates one of the Cardinal
- rules of Software Engineering: Never assume any form of discipline
- on the part of the users of software. If restrictions are not
- bound into the software, then you, the toolsmith, have to arrange
- a recovery path.
-
- In other words, I've seen every possible variety of screwup you
- can imagine in #5. There is no way to make assumptions about
- what "should" happen. I've seen #5 filled with zeros because of
- NFS failures, I've seen emacs core dumps that leave #5 in an
- unreasonable state, I've seen a foolish developer uppercase the
- whole file (with his "undo" size set low so he couldn't undo it)
- and decide that it would be less work to play with the
- uppercased file than to blow it away and start over. I've even
- seen committed files with conflict markers still in them, a sure
- sign of carelessness.
-
- There are all sorts of scenarios where having #3 is incredibly
- useful. You can move it back into place and try again.
-
-
- 2D.10 What is this "ignore" business? What is it ignoring?
-
- The "update" and "import" commands use collections of Unix
- wildcards to skip over files and directories matching any of those
- patterns.
-
- You may add to the built-in ignore list by adding lines of
- whitespace-separated wildcards to the following places: (They are
- read in this order.)
-
- 1. In a file named "cvsignore" in $CVSROOT/CVSROOT.
-
- A Repository Administrator uses this to add site-specific
- files and patterns to the built-in ignore list.
-
- 2. In a file named ".cvsignore" in your home directory.
-
- For user-specific files. For example, if you use "__" as
- your default junk file prefix, you can put "__*" in your
- .cvsignore file.
-
- People who play around exclusively in directory trees where the
- Makefiles are generated by "imake" or "configure" might want to
- put "Makefile" in their ignore list, since they are all
- generated and usually don't end up in the Repository.
-
- 3. In the CVSIGNORE environment variable.
-
- For session-specific files.
-
- 4. Via the '-I' option on "import" or "update" commands.
-
- For this-command-only files.
-
- 5. In a file named ".cvsignore" within each directory.
-
- The contents of a ".cvsignore" file in each directory is
- temporarily added to the ignore list. This way you can ignore
- files that are peculiar to that directory, such as executables
- and other generated files without known wildcard patterns.
-
- In any of the places listed above, a single '!' character nulls
- out the ignore list. A Repository administrator can use this to
- override, rather than enhance, the built-in ignore list. A user
- can choose to override the system-wide ignore list. For example,
- if you place "! *.o *.a" in your .cvsignore file, only *.o *.a
- files, plus any files a local-directory .cvsignore file, are
- ignored.
-
- A variant of the ignore-file scheme is used internally during
- checkout. "Module names" found in the modules file (or on the
- "checkout" command line) that begin with a '!' are ignored during
- checkout. This is useful to permanently ignore (if the '!' path
- is in the modules file) or temporarily ignore (if the '!' path is
- on the command line) a sub-directory within a Repository
- hierarchy. For example:
-
- cvs checkout !gnu/emacs/tests gnu/emacs
-
- would checkout the module (or relative path within $CVSROOT) named
- "gnu/emacs", but ignore the "tests" directory within it.
-
-
- 2D.11 Is there a way to set user-specific configuration options?
-
- User-specific configuration is available through use of a ".cvsrc"
- file in your home directory.
-
- CVS searches the first column of your ~/.cvsrc file for the cvs
- command name you invoked. If the command is found, the rest of
- the line is treated like a set of command line options, stuffed
- into the command line before the arguments you actually typed.
-
- For example, if you always want to see context diffs and you never
- want to have to delete a file before you run "cvs remove", then
- you should create a .cvsrc file containing the following:
-
- diff -c
- remove -f
-
- which will add the given options to every invocation of the given
- commands.
-
- [[The rest of this will be removed someday, when CVS changes.]]
-
- I would like to stop here with a comment that the command name to
- use is the full, canonical one. But the command that the cvsrc
- support uses is the string you typed on the command line, not the
- proper command. So to get the full effect of the above example,
- you should also add all the alternate command names:
-
- di -c
- dif -c
- rm -f
- delete -f
-
- There are two other limitations that will probably be fixed when
- CVS sprouts long option names:
-
- 1. It only affects options made available on the command line.
-
- There is a limited number of short options. With long option
- names, there is no problem. You can have as many long options
- as you like, affecting anything that looks malleable.
-
- 2. The existing command line options do not come in on/off pairs,
- so there is no easy way to override your ~/.cvsrc configuration
- for a single invocation of a command.
-
- Choosing a good set of long option pairs would fix this.
-
-
- 2D.12 Is it safe to interrupt CVS using Control-C?
-
- It depends on what you mean by "safe". ("Ah," said Arthur,
- "this is obviously some strange usage of the word *safe* that I
- wasn't previously aware of." -- Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy)
-
- You won't hurt the underlying RCS files and if you are executing a
- command that only *reads* data, you will have no cleanup to do.
-
- But you may have to hit Control-C repeatedly to stop it. CVS uses
- the Unix "system" routine which blocks signals in the CVS parent
- process. A single Control-C during "system" will only halt the
- child process, usually some form of RCS command.
-
- If you don't hit another Control-C while the CVS process has
- control, it is likely to continue onto the next task assuming that
- the earlier one did its job. It is not enough to hit two
- Control-C's. You might simply kill two child processes and not
- interrupt CVS at all. Depending on the speed of your processor,
- your terminal and your fingers, you might have to hit dozens of
- Control-C's to stop the damn thing.
-
-
- Executing a CVS command, such as "commit" or "tag" that writes
- to the files is a different matter.
-
- Since CVS is not a full-fledged database, with what database
- people call "commit points", merely stopping the process will not
- back out the "transaction" and place you back in the starting
- blocks. CVS has no concept of an "atomic" transaction or of
- "backtracking", which means that a command can be half-executed.
-
- Hitting Control-C will usually leave lock files that you have to
- go clean up in the Repository.
-
- Example1:
-
- If you interrupt a multi-file "commit" in the middle of
- an RCS checkin, RCS will leave the file either fully
- checked-in or in its original state. But CVS might have
- been half-way through the list of files to commit. The
- directory or module will be inconsistent.
-
- To recover, you must remove the lock files, then decide
- whether you want to back out or finish the job.
-
- To back out, you'll have to apply the "admin -o"
- command, very carefully, to remove the newly committed
- revisions. This is usually a bad idea, but is
- occasionally necessary.
-
- To finish, you can simply retype the same commit command.
- CVS will figure out what files are still modified and
- commit them. It helps that RCS doesn't leave a file in an
- intermediate state.
-
-
- Example2:
-
- If you interrupt a multi-file "tag" command, you have a
- problem similar, but not equivalent, to interrupting a
- "commit". The RCS file will still be consistent, but
- unlike "commit", which only *adds* to the RCS file, "tag"
- can *move* a tag and it doesn't keep a history of what
- revision a tag used to be attached to.
-
- Normally, you have little choice but to re-execute the
- command and allow it to tag everything consistently.
-
- You might be able to recover by carefully re-applying the
- tags via the "cvs admin -N" command, but you'll still have
- to dig up from outside sources the information you use to
- determine what tag was on what revision in what file.
- the Repository, or by using the equivalent: "cvs admin".
-
-
- Halting a new "checkout" should cause no harm. If you don't want
- it, "release" (or rm -rf) it. If you do want it, re-execute the
- command. A repeated "checkout" from above a directory acts like a
- repeated "update -d" within it.
-
- Halting "update" half-way will give you an unpredictable
- collection of files and revisions. To continue, you can rerun the
- update and it should move you forward into in a known state. To
- back out, you'll have to examine the output from the first
- "update" command, take a look at each file that was modified and
- reconstruct the previous state by editing the ./CVS/Entries file
- and by using "cvs admin". Good Luck.
-
-
- 2D.13 How do I turn off the "admin" command?
-
- In the current revision, you'd have to edit the source code.
-
-
- 2D.14 How do I turn off the ability to disable history via "cvs -l"?
-
- In the current revision, you'd have to edit the source code.
-
-
- 2D.15 How do I keep certain people from accessing certain directories?
-
- If you don't try to run CVS set[ug]id, you can use Unix groups and
- permissions to limit access to the Repository.
-
- If you only want to limit "commit" commands, you can write a
- program to put in the "commitinfo" file. In the "contrib"
- directory, there are a few scripts that might help you out.
-
-
-
-========================================
-== Section 3 ==== Commands ====
-========================================
-
-This section contains questions that are easily recognized to be about a
-single command, usually of the form: "Why does the 'xyz' command do this?"
-
-Questions about "missing" features and side-effects not attributable to a
-particular command are in Section 2D, "General Questions".
-
-I won't provide patches here that are longer than a few lines. Patches
-referred to in this section are available in the FTP archive described
-toward the beginning of this document.
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3A -- "add", "ad", "new"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3A.1 What is "add" for?
- 3A.2 How do I add a new file to the branch I'm working on?
- 3A.3 Why did my new file end up in the Attic?
- 3A.4 Now that it's in the Attic, how do I connect it to the Main branch?
- 3A.5 How do I avoid the hassle of reconnecting an Attic-only file to
- the Main Branch?
- 3A.6 How do I cancel an "add"?
- 3A.7 What are the ./CVS/file,p and ./CVS/file,t files for?
- 3A.8 How do I "add" a binary file?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3A.1 What is "add" for?
-
- To add a new directory to the Repository or to register the
- desire to add a new file to the Repository.
-
- The directory is created immediately, while the desire to add the
- file is recorded in the local ./CVS administrative directory. To
- really add the file to the Repository, you must then "commit" it.
-
-
- 3A.2 How do I add a new file to the branch I'm working on?
-
- The user actions for adding a file to any branch, including the
- Main Branch, are exactly the same.
-
- You are in a directory checked out (or updated) with the '-A'
- option (to place you on the Main Branch) or the "-r <branch_tag>"
- option (to place you on a branch tagged with <branch_tag>). To
- add <file> to the branch you are on, you type:
-
- cvs add <file>
- cvs commit <file>
-
- If no ./CVS/Tag file exists (the '-A' option deletes it), the
- file will be added to the Main Branch. If a ./CVS/Tag file exists
- (the "-r <branch_tag>" option creates it), the file will be added
- to the branch named (i.e. tagged with) <branch_tag>.
-
- Unless you took steps to first add the file to the Main Branch,
- your new file ends up in the Attic.
-
-
- 3A.3 Why did my new file end up in the Attic?
-
- The file is thrown into the Attic to keep it from being visible
- when you check out the Main Branch, since it was never committed
- to the Main Branch.
-
-
- 3A.4 Now that it's in the Attic, how do I connect it to the Main branch?
-
- That can be considered a kind of "merge". See 4C.8
-
-
- 3A.5 How do I avoid the hassle of reconnecting an Attic-only file to
- the Main Branch?
-
- You create it on the Main Branch first, then branch it.
-
- If you haven't yet added the file or if you decided to delete the
- new Attic file and start over, then do the following:
- (If you added the file (or worse, the 157 files) to the Attic and
- don't want to start over, try the procedure in 4C.8.)
-
-
- 1. Temporarily remove the sticky branch information. Either:
-
- A. Move the whole directory back to the Main Branch.
- [This might not be a good idea if you have modified files,
- since it will require a merge in each direction.]
-
- cvs update -A
-
- *or*
-
- B. Move the ./CVS/Tag file out of the way.
-
- mv ./CVS/Tag HOLD_Tag
-
- 2. Add and branch the file "normally":
-
- cvs add <file>
- cvs commit <file>
- cvs tag -b <branch_tag> <file>
-
- [<branch_tag> is the same Branch Tag as you used on all
- the other files. Look at ./CVS/Entries or the output
- from "cvs stat" for sticky tags.]
-
- 3. Clean up the temporary step.
-
- A. If you moved the ./CVS/Tag file, put it back. Then
- move the new file onto the branch where you are working.
-
- mv HOLD_Tag ./CVS/Tag
- cvs update -r <branch_tag> <file>
-
- B. If you ran "update -A" rather than moving the ./CVS/Tag
- file, move the whole directory (including the new file) back
- onto the branch where you were working:
-
- cvs update -r <branch_tag>
-
-
- 3A.6 How do I cancel an "add"?
-
- If you want to remove the file entirely and cancel the "add" at
- the same time, type:
-
- cvs remove -f <file>
-
- If you want to cancel the "add", but leave the file as it was
- before you typed "cvs add", then you have to fake it:
-
- mv <file> <file>.hold
- cvs remove <file>
- mv <file>.hold <file>
-
-
- 3A.7 What are the ./CVS/file,p and ./CVS/file,t files for?
-
- The ./CVS/file,p and ./CVS/file,t files are created by the "add"
- command to hold command line options and message text between the
- time of the "add" command and the expected "commit".
-
- The ./CVS/file,p file is always null, since its function was
- absorbed by the "options" field in the ./CVS/Entries file. If you
- put something in this file it will be used as arguments to the RCS
- "ci" command that commit uses to check the file in, but CVS itself
- doesn't put anything there.
-
- The ./CVS/file,t file is null unless you specify an initial
- message in an "add -m 'message'" command. The text is handed to
- "rcs -i -t./CVS/file,t" to create the initial RCS file container.
-
- Both files must exist to commit a newly added file. If the
- ./CVS/file,p file doesn't exist, CVS prints an error and aborts
- the commit. If the ./CVS/file,t file doesn't exist, RCS prints an
- error and CVS gets confused, but does no harm.
-
- To recover from missing ,p and ,t files, just create two
- zero-length files and rerun the "commit".
-
-
- 3A.8 How do I "add" a binary file?
-
- If you configured CVS to use the GNU version of "diff" and
- "diff3", you only need to turn off RCS keyword expansion.
-
- First you turn off RCS keyword expansion for the initial checkin
- by using "add -ko". It works like "update -ko" in creating a
- "sticky" option only for the copy of the file in the current
- working directory.
-
- cvs add -ko <file>
-
- Commit the file normally. The sticky -ko option will be used.
-
- cvs commit <file>
-
- Then mark the RCS file in the Repository so that keyword
- expansion is turned off for all checked out versions of the file.
-
- cvs admin -ko <file>
-
- Since "admin -ko" records the keyword substitution value in the
- Repository's RCS file, you no longer need the sticky option. You
- can turn it off with the "update -A" command, but if you were on a
- branch, you'll have to follow it "update -r <branch_tag>" to put
- yourself back on the branch.
-
-
- Managing that binary file is another problem. See 4D.1.
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3B -- "admin", "adm", "rcs"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3B.1 What is "admin" for?
- 3B.2 Wow! Isn't that dangerous?
- 3B.3 What would I normally use "admin" for?
- 3B.4 What should I avoid when using "admin"?
- 3B.5 How do I restrict the "admin" command? The -i flag in the modules
- file can restrict commits. What's the equivalent for "admin"?
- 3B.6 I backed out a revision with "admin -o" and committed a
- replacement. Why doesn't "update" retrieve the new revision?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
-
- 3B.1 What is "admin" for?
-
- To provide direct access to the underlying "rcs" command (which
- is not documented in this FAQ) bypassing all safeguards and CVS
- assumptions.
-
-
- 3B.2 Wow! Isn't that dangerous?
-
- Yes.
-
- Though you can't hurt the internal structure of an RCS file using
- its own "rcs" command, you *can* change the underlying RCS
- files using "admin" in ways that CVS can't handle.
-
- If you feel the need to use "admin", create some test files
- with the RCS "ci" command and experiment on them with "rcs"
- before blasting any CVS files.
-
-
- 3B.3 What would I normally use "admin" for?
-
- Normally, you wouldn't use admin at all. In unusual
- circumstances, experts can use it to set up or restore the
- internal RCS state that CVS requires.
-
- You can use "admin -o" (for "outdate") to remove revisions
- you don't care about. This has its own problems, such as leaving
- dangling Tags and confusing the "update" command.
-
- There is some feeling among manipulators of binary files that
- "admin -l" should be used to serialize access. See 3C.8.
-
- An interesting use for "admin" came up while maintaining CVS
- itself. I import versions of CVS onto the Vendor branch of my
- copy of CVS, make changes to some files and ship the diffs
- (created by "cvs diff -c -r TO_BRIAN") off to Brian Berliner.
- After creating the diff, I retag ("cvs tag -F TO_BRIAN") the
- working directory, which is then ready to produce the next patch.
-
- I'll use "add.c" as an example (only because the name is short).
-
- When the next release came out, I discovered that the released
- "add.c" (version 1.1.1.3 on the Vendor branch) was exactly the
- same as my modified file (version 1.3). I didn't care about the
- changelog on versions 1.2 and 1.3 (or the evidence of having done
- the work), so I decided to revert the file to the state where it
- looked like I had not touched the file -- where I was just using
- the latest on the vendor branch after a sequence of imports.
-
- To do that, I removed all the revisions on the main branch, except
- for the original 1.1 from which the Vendor branch sprouts:
-
- cvs admin -o1.2: add.c
-
- Then I set the RCS "default branch" back to the Vendor branch, the
- way import would have created it:
-
- cvs admin -b1.1.1 add.c
-
- And I moved the "TO_BRIAN" Tag to the latest revision on the
- Vendor branch, since that is the base from which further patches
- would be created (if I made any):
-
- cvs admin -NTO_BRIAN:1.1.1.3 add.c
-
- Instead of 1.1.1.3, I could have used one of the "Release Tags"
- last applied by "import" (3rd through Nth arguments).
-
- Suggestion: Practice on non-essential files.
-
-
-
- 3B.4 What should I avoid when using "admin"?
-
- If you know exactly what you are doing, hack away. But under
- normal circumstances:
-
- Never use "admin" to alter branches (using the '-b' option), which
- CVS takes very seriously. If you change the default branch, CVS
- will not work as expected. If you create new branches without
- using the "tag -b" command, you may not be able to treat them as
- CVS branches.
-
- See 3C.8 for a short discussion of how to use "admin -l" for
- serializing access to binary files.
-
- The "admin -o <file>" allows you to delete revisions, usually a
- bad idea. You should commit a correction rather than back out a
- revision. Outdating a revision is prone to all sorts of problems:
-
- 1. Discarding data is always a bad idea. Unless something in the
- revision you just committed is a threat to your job or your
- life, (like naming a function "<boss's name>_is_a_dweeb", or
- including the combination to the local Mafioso's safe in a C
- comment), just leave it there. No one cares about simple
- mistakes -- just commit a corrected revision.
-
- 2. The time travel paradoxes you can cause by changing history
- are not worth the trouble. Even if CVS can't interfere with
- your parents' introduction, it *can* log commits in at least
- two ways (history and loginfo). The reports now lie -- the
- revision referred to in the logs no longer exists.
-
- 3. If you used "import" to place <file> into CVS, outdating all
- the revisions on the Main branch back to and including revision
- 1.2 (or worse, 1.1), will produce an invalid CVS file.
-
- If the <file>,v file only contains revision 1.1 (and the
- connected branch revision 1.1.1.1), then the default branch
- must be set to the Vendor branch as it was when you first
- imported the file. Outdating back through 1.2 doesn't restore
- the branch setting. Despite the above admonition against it,
- "admin -b" is the only way to recover:
-
- cvs admin -b1.1.1 <file>
-
- 4. Although you can't outdate a physical (RCS) branch point
- without removing the whole branch, you *can* outdate a revision
- referred to by a magic branch tag. If you do so, you will
- invalidate the branch.
-
- 5. If you "outdate" a tagged revision, you will invalidate all
- uses of the <tag>, not just the one on <file>. A tag is
- supposed to be attached to a consistent set of files, usually a
- set built as a unit. By discarding one of the files in the
- set, you have destroyed the utility of the <tag>. And it
- leaves a dangling tag, which points to nothing.
-
- 6. And even worse, if you commit a revision already tagged, you
- will alter what the <tag> pointed to without using the "tag"
- command. For example, if revision 1.3 has <tag> attached to it
- and you "outdate" the 1.3 revision, <tag> will point to a
- nonexistent revision. Although this is annoying, it is nowhere
- near as much trouble as the problem that will occur when you
- commit to this file again, recreating revision 1.3. The old
- tag will point to the new revision, a file that was not in
- existence when the <tag> was applied. And the discrepancy is
- nearly undetectable.
-
-
- If you don't understand the above, you should not use the admin
- command at all.
-
-
- 3B.5 How do I restrict the "admin" command? The -i flag in the modules
- file can restrict commits. What's the equivalent for "admin"?
-
- At this writing, to disable the "admin" command, you will have
- to change the program source code, recompile and reinstall.
-
-
- 3B.6 I backed out a revision with "admin -o" and committed a
- replacement. Why doesn't "update" retrieve the new revision?
-
- CVS is confused because the revision in the ./CVS/Entries file
- matches the latest revision in the Repository *and* the timestamp
- in the ./CVS/Entries file matches your working file. CVS believes
- that your file is "up-to-date" and doesn't need to be updated.
-
- You can cause CVS to notice the change by "touch"ing the file.
- Unfortunately what CVS will tell you is that you have a "Modified"
- file. If you then "commit" the file, you will bypass the
- normal CVS check for "up-to-date" and will probably commit the
- revision that was originally removed by "admin -o".
-
- Changing a file without changing the revision number confuses CVS
- no matter whether you did it by replacing the revision (using
- "admin -o" and "commit" or raw RCS commands) or by applying an
- editor directly to a Repository (",v") file. Don't do it unless
- you are absolutely certain no one has the latest revision of the
- file checked out.
-
- The best solution to this is to institute a program of deterrent
- flogging of abusers of "admin -o".
-
- The "admin" command has other problems." See 3B.4 above.
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3C -- "checkout", "co", "get"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3C.1 What is "checkout" for?
- 3C.2 What is the "module" that "checkout" takes on the command line?
- 3C.3 Isn't a CVS "checkout" just a bunch of RCS checkouts?
- 3C.4 What's the difference between "update" and "checkout"?
- 3C.5 Why can't I check out a file from within my working directory?
- 3C.6 How do I avoid dealing with those long relative pathnames?
- 3C.7 Can I move a checked-out directory? Does CVS remember where it
- was checked out?
- 3C.8 How can I lock files while I'm working on them the way RCS does?
- 3C.9 What is "checkout -s"? How is it different from "checkout -c"?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3C.1 What is "checkout" for?
-
- To acquire a copy of a module (or set of files) to work on.
-
- All work on files controlled by CVS starts with a "checkout".
-
-
- 3C.2 What is the "module" that "checkout" takes on the command line?
-
- It is a name for a directory or a collection of files in the
- Repository. It provides a compact name space and the ability to
- execute before and after helper functions based on definitions in
- the modules file.
-
- See 1D.11.
-
-
- 3C.3 Isn't a CVS "checkout" just a bunch of RCS checkouts?
-
- Like much of CVS, a similar RCS concept is used to support a CVS
- function. But a CVS checkout is *not* the same as an RCS
- checkout.
-
- Differences include:
-
- 1. CVS does not lock the files. Others may access them at the
- same time.
-
- 2. CVS works best when you provide a name for a collection of
- files (a module or a directory) rather than an explicit list of
- files to work on.
-
- 3. CVS remembers what revisions you checked out and what branch
- you are on, simplifying later commands.
-
-
- 3C.4 What's the difference between "update" and "checkout"?
-
- The "checkout" and "update" commands are nearly equivalent in how
- they treat individual files. They differ in the following ways:
-
- 1. The "checkout" command always creates a directory, moves into
- it, then becomes equivalent to "update -d".
-
- 2. The "update" command does not create directories unless you add
- the '-d' option.
-
- 3. "Update" is intended to be executed within a working directory
- created by "checkout". It doesn't take a module or directory
- argument, but figures out what Repository files to look at by
- reading the files in the ./CVS administrative directory.
-
- 4. The two commands generate completely different types of records
- in the "history" file.
-
-
- 3C.5 Why can't I check out a file from within my working directory?
-
- Though you *can* check out a file, you normally check out a module
- or directory. And you normally do it only once at the beginning
- of a project.
-
- After the initial "checkout", you can use the "update" command
- to retrieve any file you want within the checked-out directory.
- There is no need for further "checkout" commands.
-
- If you want to retrieve another module or directory to work on,
- you must provide two pathnames: where to find it in the Repository
- and where to put it on disk. The "modules" file and your current
- directory supply two pieces of naming information. While inside a
- checked-out working directory, the CVS administrative information
- provides most of the rest.
-
- You should be careful not to confuse CVS with RCS and use
- "checkout" in the RCS sense. An RCS "checkout" (which is
- performed by the RCS "co" command) is closer to a "cvs update"
- than to a "cvs checkout".
-
-
- 3C.6 How do I avoid dealing with those long relative pathnames?
-
- This question has also been phrased:
-
- How do I avoid all those layers of directories on checkout?
- or
- Why do I have to go to the top of my working directory and
- checkout some long pathname to get a file or two?
-
-
- This type of question occurs only among groups of people who
- decide not to use "modules". The answer is to use "modules".
-
- When you hand the "checkout" command a relative pathname rather
- than a module name, all directories in the path are created,
- maintaining the same directory hierarchy as in the Repository.
- The same kind of environment results if you specify a "module"
- that is really an alias expanding into a list of relative
- pathnames rather than a list of module names.
-
- If you use "module" names, "checkout" creates a single
- directory by the name of the module in your current directory.
- This "module" directory becomes your working directory.
-
- The "module" concept combines the ability to "name" a collection
- of files with the ability to structure the Repository so that
- consistent sets of files are checked out together. It is the
- responsibility of the Repository Administrators to set up a
- modules file that describes the software within the Repository.
-
-
- 3C.7 Can I move a checked-out directory? Does CVS remember where it
- was checked out?
-
- Yes and Yes.
-
- The ./CVS/Repository file in each working directory contains a
- pathname pointing to the matching directory within the
- Repository. The pathname is either absolute or relative to
- $CVSROOT, depending on how you configured CVS.
-
- When you move a checked-out directory, the CVS administrative
- files will move along with it. As long as you don't move the
- Repository itself, or alter your $CVSROOT variable, the moved
- directory will continue to be usable.
-
- CVS remembers where you checked out the directory in the
- "history" file, which can be edited, or even ignored if you
- don't use the "working directory" information displayed by the
- "history" command.
-
-
- 3C.8 How can I lock files while I'm working on them the way RCS does?
-
- Until the day arrives of the all-powerful merge tool, there are
- still files that must be accessed serially. For those instances,
- here's a potential solution:
-
- 1. Install a pre-commit program in the "commitinfo" file to check
- for RCS locks. The program "rcslock.pl" performs this
- function. It can be found in the contrib directory of the CVS
- source distribution.
-
- 2. When you want to make a change to a file you know can't be
- merged, first use "cvs admin -l" to lock the file. If you
- can't acquire the lock, use the standard "locked out" protocol:
- go talk to the person holding the lock.
-
- 3. Make sure the pre-commit program prints a message and exits
- with a non-zero status if someone besides the user running
- "commit" has the file locked. This non-zero exist status will
- cause the "commit" to fail cleanly.
-
- 4. Make sure the pre-commit program exits with a zero status if
- the file is either unlocked or locked by the user running
- "commit". The "cvs commit" command that kicked off the
- pre-commit program will take a zero exist status as an OK and
- checkin the file, which has the side-effect of unlocking it.
-
-
- ===> The following is opinion and context. Don't read it if you
- are looking for a quick fix.
-
- The topic of locking CVS files resurfaces on the network every so
- often, producing the same results each time:
-
- The Big Endians:
-
- CVS was designed to avoid locks, using a copy-modify-merge
- model. Locking is not necessary and you should take the time
- to learn the CVS model which many people find workable. So why
- not get with the program and learn how to think the CVS way?
-
- The Little Endians:
-
- The users determine how a tool is to be used, not the
- designers. We, the users, have always used locking, our bosses
- demand locking, locking is good, locking is God. I don't want
- to hear any more lectures on the CVS model. Make locking work.
-
- Any organization making active changes to a source base will
- eventually face the need to do parallel development. Parallel
- development implies merges. (If you plan to keep separate copies
- of everything and never merge, good luck. Tell me who you work
- for so I can buy stock in your disk suppliers this year and sell
- your stock short next year.)
-
- Merges will never go away. CVS chose to make "merges" stand
- front and center as an important, common occurrence in
- development. It is one way of looking at things.
-
- For free-format text, the merge paradigm gives you a considerable
- amount of freedom. It does take a bit of management, but any
- project should be ready to deal with it.
-
- On the other hand, there are many files that can't be merged using
- text merge techniques. Straight text merge programs like "diff3"
- are guaranteed to fail on executables (with relative branch
- statements), files with self-referential counts stored in the file
- (such as TAGS files), or files with relative motion statements in
- them (such as Frame MIF files, many postscript files). They
- aren't all binary files.
-
- For these types of files, and many others, there are only two
- solutions:
-
- 1. Complex merge tools that are intimately aware of the contents
- of the files to be merged. (ClearCase, and probably others,
- allow you to define your own "files types" with associated
- "merge tools".)
-
- 2. Serialization of access to the file. The only technical
- solution to the problem of serialization is "locking".
-
-
- Since you can call a program that offers:
-
- "Which one do you want? A/B?"
-
- a "merge tool", more and more merge tools will appear which can be
- hooked into a merge-intensive program like CVS. Think of a bitmap
- "merge" tool that displays the bitmaps on the screen and offers a
- "paint" interface to allow you to cut and paste, overlay, invert
- or fuse the two images such that the result is a "merged" file.
-
- My conclusion is that the need for locking is temporary, awaiting
- better technology. For large development groups, locking is not
- an alternative to merging for text files.
-
-
- 3C.9 What is "checkout -s"? How is it different from "checkout -c"?
-
- The '-c' and '-s' options to "checkout" both cause the modules
- file to appear on standard output, but formatted differently.
-
- "checkout -c" lists the modules file alphabetized by the module
- name. It also prints all data (including options like '-a' and
- "-o <prog>") specified in the modules file.
-
- "checkout -s" lists the modules file sorted by "status" field,
- then by module name. The status field was intended to allow you
- to mark modules with strings of your choice to get a quick sorted
- report based on the data you chose to put in the status fields. I
- have used it for priority ("Showstopper", etc as tied into a bug
- database), for porting status ("Ported", "Compiled", etc. when
- porting a large collection of modules), for "assignee" (the person
- responsible for maintenance), and for "test suite" (which
- automatic test procedure to run for a particular module).
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3D -- "commit", "ci", "com"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3D.1 What is "commit" for?
- 3D.2 If I edit ten files, do I have to type "commit" ten times?
- 3D.3 Explain: cvs commit: Up-to-date check failed for `<file>'
- 3D.4 What happens if two people try to "commit" conflicting changes?
- 3D.5 I committed something and I don't like it. How do I remove it?
- 3D.6 Explain: cvs commit: sticky tag `V3' for file `X' is not a branch
- 3D.7 Why does "commit -r <tag/rev>" put newly added files in the Attic?
- 3D.8 Why would a "commit" of a newly added file not produce rev 1.1?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3D.1 What is "commit" for?
-
- To store new revisions in the Repository, making them visible
- to other users.
-
-
- 3D.2 If I edit ten files, do I have to type "commit" ten times?
-
- No. The "commit" command will take multiple filenames, directory
- names and relative pathnames on the command line and commit them
- all with the same log message. If a file is unchanged, even if it
- is explicitly listed on the command line, CVS will skip it.
-
- Like all CVS commands, "commit" will work on the whole directory
- by default. Just type "cvs commit" to tell CVS to commit all
- modified files (i.e. the files that "update" would display
- preceded by 'M') in the current directory and in all
- sub-directories.
-
-
- 3D.3 Explain: cvs commit: Up-to-date check failed for `<file>'
-
- You may not "commit" a file if your BASE revision (i.e. the
- revision you last checked out, committed or retrieved via
- "update") doesn't match the HEAD revision (i.e the latest revision
- on your branch, usually the Main Branch).
-
- In other words, someone committed a revision since you last
- executed "checkout", "update" or "commit". You must now execute
- "update" to merge the other person's changes into your working
- file before "commit" will work. You are thus protected (somewhat)
- from a common form of race condition in source control systems,
- where a checkin of a minor alteration of a second copy of the same
- base file obliterates the changes made in the first.
-
- Normally, the "update" command's auto-merge should be followed
- by another round of building and testing before the "commit".
-
-
- 3D.4 What happens if two people try to "commit" conflicting changes?
-
- Conflicts can occur only when two developers check out the same
- revision of the same file and make changes. The first developer
- to commit the file has no chance of seeing the conflict. Only the
- second developer runs into it, usually when faced with the
- "Up-to-date" error explained in the previous question.
-
- There are two types of conflicts:
-
- 1. When two developers make changes to the same section of code,
- the auto-merge caused by "update" will print a 'C' on your
- terminal and leave "overlap" markers in the file.
-
- You are expected to examine and clean them up before committing
- the file. (That may be obvious to *some* of you, but . . .)
-
- 2. A more difficult problem arises when two developers change
- different sections of code, but make calls to, or somehow
- depend on, the old version of each other's code.
-
- The auto-merge does the "right" thing, if you view the file
- as a series of text lines. But as a program, the two
- developers have created a problem for themselves.
-
- This is no different from making cross-referential changes in
- *separate* files. CVS can't help you. In a perfect world, you
- would each refer to the specification and resolve it
- independently. In the real world you have to talk/argue, read
- code, test and debug until the combined changes work again.
-
- Welcome to the world of parallel development.
-
-
- 3D.5 I committed something and I don't like it. How do I remove it?
-
- Though you *can* use the "admin -o" (synonym: "rcs -o") command to
- delete revisions, unless the file you committed is so embarrassing
- that the need to eradicate it overrides the need to be careful,
- you should just grab an old version of the file ("update -p -r
- <previous-rev>" might help here) and commit it on top of the
- offending revision.
-
- See Section 3B on "admin".
-
-
- 3D.6 Explain: cvs commit: sticky tag `V3' for file `X' is not a branch
-
- The message implies two things:
-
- 1. You created your working directory by using "checkout -r
- V3", or you recently executed "update -r V3".
-
- 2. The tag named V3 is not a branch tag.
-
-
- CVS records (i.e. makes "sticky") any "-r <tag/rev>" argument
- handed to the "checkout" or "update" commands. The <tag/rev> is
- recorded as the CVS working branch, which is the branch to which
- "commit" will add a new revision.
-
- Branch tags are created when you use the -b switch on the "tag" or
- "rtag" commands. Branch tags are magic tags that don't create a
- physical branch, but merely mark the revision to branch from when
- the branch is needed. The first commit to a magic branch creates
- a physical branch in the RCS files.
-
- You can commit onto the end of the Main Trunk, if you have no
- sticky tag at all, or onto the end of a branch, if you have a
- sticky branch tag. But you can't commit a file that has a sticky
- tag not pointing to a branch. CVS assumes a sticky Tag or
- Revision that does not refer to a branch is attached to the middle
- of a series of revisions. You can't squeeze a new revision
- between two others. Sticky dates also block commits since they
- never refer to a branch.
-
-
- Scenario1:
-
- If you don't want a branch and were just looking at an old
- revision, then you can move back to the Main Branch by typing:
-
- cvs update -A {files or dirs, default is '.'}
-
- or you can move to the branch named <branch_tag> by:
-
- cvs update -r <branch_tag> {files or dirs, default is '.'}
-
-
- Scenario2:
-
- If you really wanted to be on a branch and made an earlier
- mistake by tagging your branch point with a non-branch tag,
- you can recover by adding a new branch tag to the old
- non-branch tag:
-
- cvs rtag -b -r <oldtag> <newtag> <module>
-
- (It was not a big mistake. Branch-point tags can be useful.
- But the <newtag> must have a different name.)
-
- If you don't know the <module> name or don't use "modules",
- you can also use "tag" this way:
-
- cvs update -r <oldtag>
- cvs tag -b <newtag> .
-
- Then, to put your working directory onto the branch, you type:
-
- cvs update -r <newtag>
-
-
- You can't delete <oldtag> before adding <newtag>, and I would
- not advise deleting the <oldtag> at all, because it is useful
- in referring to the branch point. If you must, you can delete
- the non-branch tag by:
-
- cvs rtag -d <oldtag> <module>
- or
- cvs tag -d <oldtag> .
-
-
- Scenario3:
-
- If you made the same mistake as in Scenario2 (of placing a
- non-branch tag where you wanted a branch tag), but really want
- <oldtag> to be the name of your branch, you can execute a
- slightly different series of commands to rename it and move
- your working directory onto the branch.
-
- Warning: This is not a way to rename a branch tag. It is a way
- to turn a non-branch tag into a branch tag with the
- same name.
-
- cvs rtag -r <oldtag> <branch_point_tag> <module>
- cvs rtag -d <oldtag> <module>
- cvs rtag -b -r <branch_point_tag> <oldtag> <module>
-
- Then, if you really must, delete the <branch_point_tag>:
-
- cvs rtag -d <branch_point_tag> <module>
-
-
-
- Note: The unwieldy mixture of "tag" and "rtag" is mostly
- because you can't specify a revision (-r <tag>) to the
- "tag" command.
-
- See 4C.3 for more info on creating a branch.
-
-
- 3D.7 Why does "commit -r <tag/rev>" put newly added files in the Attic?
-
- If you specify "-r <rev>" (where <rev> is a dotted numeric number
- like 2.4), it correctly sets the initial revision to <rev>, but it
- also attaches the numeric <rev> as a sticky tag and throws the
- file into the Attic. This is a bug. The obvious solution is to
- move the file out of the Attic into the associated Repository
- directory and "update -A" the file. There are no Tags to clean up.
-
- If you specify "-r <tag>" to commit a newly added file, the <tag>
- is treated like a <branch_tag>, which becomes a symbolic RCS label
- pointing to the string '1', which can be considered to be the
- "Main branch number" when the main branch is still at revision
- 1.N. The file is also thrown into the Attic. See 4C.8 for a way
- to recover from this.
-
- In fact, a plain "commit" without the "-r" will throw a newly
- added file into the Attic if you added it to a directory checked
- out on a branch. See 3A.[2-5].
-
- See Section 4C, on Branching, for many more details.
-
-
- 3D.8 Why would a "commit" of a newly added file not produce rev 1.1?
-
- When committing a newly added file CVS looks for the highest main
- branch major number in all files in the ./CVS/Entries file.
- Normally it is '1', but if you have a file of revision 3.27 in
- your directory, CVS will find the '3' and create revision 3.1 for
- the first rev of <file>. Normally, the first revision is 1.1.
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3E -- "diff", "di", "dif"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3E.1 What is "diff" for?
- 3E.2 Why did "diff" display nothing when I know there are later
- committed revisions in the Repository?
- 3E.3 How do I display what changed in the Repository since I last
- executed "checkout", "update" or "commit"?
- 3E.4 How do I display the difference between my working file and what
- I checked in last Thursday?
- 3E.5 Why can't I pass long options, like --unified, to "diff"?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3E.1 What is "diff" for?
-
- 1. To display the difference between a working file and its BASE
- revision (the revision last checked out, updated or committed):
-
- cvs diff <file>
-
- 2. To display the difference between a working file and a
- committed revision of the same file:
-
- cvs diff -r <tag/rev> <file>
-
- 3. To display the difference between two committed revisions of
- the same file:
-
- cvs diff -r <tag1/rev1> -r <tag2/rev2> <file>
-
- You can specify any number of <file> arguments. Without any
- <file> arguments, it compares the whole directory.
-
- In the examples above, "-D <date>" may be substituted wherever
- "-r <tag/rev>" appears. The revision a <date> refers to is the
- revision that existed on that date.
-
-
- 3E.2 Why did "diff" display nothing when I know there are later
- committed revisions in the Repository?
-
- By default, "diff" displays the difference between your working
- file and the BASE revision. If you haven't made any changes to
- the file since your last "checkout", "update" or "commit" there is
- no difference to display.
-
- To display the difference between your working file and the latest
- revision committed to your current branch, type:
-
- cvs diff -r HEAD <file>
-
-
- 3E.3 How do I display what changed in the Repository since I last
- executed "checkout", "update" or "commit"?
-
- A special tag (interpreted by CVS -- it does not appear in the Tag
- list) named "BASE" always refers to the revision you last checked
- out, updated or committed. Another special tag named "HEAD"
- always refers to the latest revision on your working branch.
-
- To compare BASE and HEAD, you type:
-
- cvs diff -r BASE -r HEAD <file>
-
-
- 3E.4 How do I display the difference between my working file and what
- I checked in last Thursday?
-
- cvs diff -D "last Thursday" <file>
-
- where "last Thursday" is a date string. To be more precise, the
- argument to the '-D' option is a timestamp. Many formats are
- accepted. See the man page under "-D date_spec" for details.
-
-
- 3E.5 Why can't I pass long options, like --unified, to "diff"?
-
- CVS only handles single character '-X' arguments, not the FSF long
- options. CVS also passes through only arguments it knows about,
- because a few arguments are captured and interpreted by CVS.
-
- If you didn't configure RCS and CVS to use the GNU version of
- diff, long options wouldn't work even if future versions of CVS
- acquire the ability to pass them through.
-
- Most of the long options have equivalent single-character options,
- which do work. The "--unified" option is equivalent to '-u' in
- revisions of GNU diff since 1.15.
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3F -- "export", "exp", "ex"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3F.1 What is "export" for?
- 3F.2 Why does it remove the RCS keywords so I can't use the "ident"
- command on the source files?
- 3F.3 Can I override the '-kv' flag CVS passes to RCS?
- 3F.4 Why doesn't "export" have a '-k' flag like "import" does?
- 3F.5 Why does "export -D" check out every file in the Attic?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3F.1 What is "export" for?
-
- "export" checks out a copy of a module in a form intended for
- export outside the CVS environment. The "export" command produces
- the same directory and file structure as the "checkout" command,
- but it doesn't create "CVS" sub-directories and it removes all the
- RCS keywords from the files.
-
-
- 3F.2 Why does it remove the RCS keywords so I can't use the "ident"
- command on the source files?
-
- It removes the RCS keywords, so that if the recipient of the
- exported sources checks them into another set of RCS files (with
- or without CVS), and then makes modifications through RCS or CVS
- commands, the revision numbers that they had when you exported
- them will be preserved. (That ident no longer works is just an
- unfortunate side effect.)
-
- The theory is that you are exporting the sources to someone else
- who will make independent changes, and at some point you or they
- will want to know what revisions from your Repository they started
- with (probably to merge changes, or to try to decide whether to
- merge changes).
-
- A better way to handle this situation would be to give them their
- own branch of your Repository. They would need to remember to
- checkin the exported sources with RCS IDs intact (ci -k) so that
- their changes would get revision numbers from the branch, rather
- than starting at 1.1 again. Perhaps a future version of CVS will
- provide a way to export sources this way.
-
- Contributed by Dan Franklin
-
-
- 3F.3 Can I override the '-kv' flag CVS passes to RCS?
-
- Not as of CVS version 1.4.
-
-
- 3F.4 Why doesn't "export" have a '-k' flag like "import" does?
-
- Export is intended for a specific purpose -- to remove all trace
- of revision control on the way *out* of CVS.
-
-
- 3F.5 Why does "export -D" check out every file in the Attic?
-
- See 5B.3 for an explanation of the same problem with "update".
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3G -- "history", "hi", "his"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3G.1 What is "history" for?
- 3G.2 Of what use is it?
- 3G.3 What is this, Big Brother?
- 3G.4 I deleted my working directory and "history" still says I have
- it checked out. How do I fix it?
- 3G.5 So I *can* edit the History file?
- 3G.6 Why does the history file grow so quickly?
- 3G.7 What is the difference between "cvs history -r <tag/rev>" and
- "cvs history -t <tag>"?
- 3G.8 Why does "cvs history -c -t <tag>" fail to print anything?
- 3G.9 "cvs history -a -o" only printed one line for each checked-out
- module. Shouldn't it print all the directories where the
- modules are checked out?
- 3G.10 I can't figure out "history", can you give me concrete examples?
- 3G.11 Can we merge history files when we merge Repositories?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3G.1 What is "history" for?
-
- To provide information difficult or impossible to extract out of
- the RCS files, such as a "tag" history or a summary of module
- activities.
-
-
- 3G.2 Of what use is it?
-
- I have found it useful in a number of ways, including:
-
- 1. Providing a list of files changed since
-
- - A tagged release.
- - Yesterday, last Thursday, or a specific date.
- - Someone changed a specific file.
-
- 2. Providing a list of special events:
-
- - Files added or removed since one of the above events.
- - Merge failures since one of the above events. (Where did the
- conflicts occur?)
- - Has anyone (and who) grabbed the revision of this file I
- committed last week, or are they still working blind?
-
- 3. Telling me how often a file/directory/module has been changed.
-
- 4. Dumping a summary of work done on a particular module,
- including who last worked on it and what changed.
-
- 5. Displaying the checked-out modules and where they are being
- worked on.
-
- 6. To tell me what users "joe" and "malcolm" have done this week.
-
-
- 3G.3 What is this, Big Brother?
-
- War is Peace.
- Freedom is Slavery.
- Ignorance is Strength.
-
- Normally manager types and those with the power to play Big
- Brother don't care about this information. The Software Engineer
- responsible for integration usually wants to know who is working
- on what and what changed. Use your imagination.
-
-
- 3G.4 I deleted my working directory and "history" still says I have
- it checked out. How do I fix it?
-
- You can use "release -f" to forcibly add a "release" record to the
- history file for a working directory associated with a "module".
- If your version of "release" doesn't have the '-f' option, or you
- checked out the directory using a relative path, you have to edit
- the $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history file.
-
- You can remove the last 'O' line in the history file referring
- to the module in question or add an 'F' record.
-
-
- 3G.5 So I *can* edit the History file?
-
- Yes, but if you are using history at all, you should take a little
- care not to lose information. I normally use Emacs on the file,
- since it can detect that a file has changed out from under it.
- You could also copy and zero out the history file, edit the copy
- and append any new records to the edited copy before replacing it.
-
-
- 3G.6 Why does the history file grow so quickly?
-
- It stores 'U' records, which come in handy sometimes when you
- are tracking whether people have updated each other's code
- before testing. There should (and probably will sometime) be a
- way to choose what kinds of events go into the history file.
-
- The contributed "cln_hist.pl" script will remove all the 'U'
- records, plus matching pairs of 'O' and 'F' records during
- your normal clean up of the history file.
-
-
- 3G.7 What is the difference between "cvs history -r <tag/rev>" and
- "cvs history -t <tag>"?
-
- The '-t' option looks for a Tag record stored by "rtag" in the
- history file and limits the search to dates after the last <tag>
- of the given name was added.
-
- The '-r' option was intended to search all files looking for the
- <tag> in the RCS files. It takes forever and needs to be
- rewritten.
-
-
- 3G.8 Why does "cvs history -c -t <tag>" fail to print anything?
-
- You have been using "tag" instead of "rtag". The "tag" command
- currently doesn't store a history record. This is another remnant
- of CVS's earlier firm belief in "modules". But it also has a
- basis in how "rtag" and "tag" were originally used.
-
- "rtag" was intended for large-scale tagging of large chunks of the
- Repository, an event work recording. "tag" was intended for
- adding and updating tags on a few files or directories, though it
- could also be used to tag the entire checked-out working tree when
- there is no module defined to match the tree or when the working
- tree is the only place where the right collection of revisions to
- tag can be found.
-
-
- 3G.9 "cvs history -a -o" only printed one line for each checked-out
- module. Shouldn't it print all the directories where the
- modules are checked out?
-
- Not as designed.
-
- Command Question it is supposed to answer.
- ---------------- ------------------------------------------
- cvs history -o What modules do I have checked out?
- cvs history -a -o <same for all users>
-
- cvs history -o -w What working directories have I created
- and what modules are in them?
- cvs history -a -o -w <same for every user>
-
- The -o option chooses the "checked out modules" report, which is
- the default history report.
-
-
- 3G.10 I can't figure out "history", can you give me concrete examples?
-
- Default output selects records only for the user who executes the
- "history" command. To see records for other users, add one or
- more "-u user" options or the '-a' option to select *all* users.
-
- To list (for the selected users): Type "cvs history" and:
-
- * Checked out modules: -o (the default)
- * Files added since creation: -x A
- * Modified files since creation: -c
- * Modified files since last Friday: -c -D 'last Friday'
- * Modified files since TAG was added: -c -t <tag>
- * Modified files since TAG on files: -c -r <tag>
- * Last modifier of file/Repository X? -c -l -[fp] X
- * Modified files since string "str": -c -b str
- * Tag history: (Actually "rtag".) -T
- * History of file/Repository/module X: -[fpn] X
- * Module report on "module": -m module
-
-
- 3G.11 Can we merge history files when we merge Repositories?
-
- Assuming that the two Repositories have different sets of
- pathnames, it should be possible to merge two history files by
- sorting them together by the timestamp fields.
-
- You should be able to run:
-
- sort +0.1 ${dir1}/history ${dir2}/history > history
-
-
- If you "diff" a standard history file before and after such a
- sort, you might see other differences caused by garbage (split
- lines, nulls, etc) in the file. If your Repository is mounted
- through NFS onto multiple machines you will also see a few
- differences caused by different clocks on different machines.
- (Especially if you don't use NTP to keep the clocks in sync.)
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3H -- "import", "im", "imp"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3H.1 What is "import" for?
- 3H.2 How am I supposed to use "import"?
- 3H.3 Why does import put files on a branch? Why can't I work on the
- main trunk instead of a Vendor branch?
- 3H.4 Is there any way to import binary files?
- 3H.5 Why does "import" corrupt some binary files?
- 3H.6 How do I retain the original $\Revision$ strings in the sources?
-=3H.7 I imported some files for the Yarg compiler that compiles files
- with a suffix of ".yarg" and whose comment prefix is "YARG> ".
- When I check them out, they will no longer compile because they
- have this junk in them. Why?
- 3H.8 How do I make "import" save the timestamps on the original files?
- 3H.9 Why can't I "import" 3 releases on different branches?
- 3H.10 What do I do if the Vendor adds or deletes files between releases?
- 3H.11 What about if the Vendor changes the names of files or
- directories, or rearranges the whole structure between releases?
- 3H.12 I thought "import" was for Vendor releases, why would I use it
- for code of my own? Do I have to use import?
- 3H.13 How do I import a large Vendor release?
- 3H.14 Explain: ERROR: cannot create link to <file>: Permission denied
- 3H.15 Where does the -m <message> go when the file doesn't change?
- 3H.16 How do I "import" just the files ignored by a previous "import"?
- 3H.17 Why did "import" ignore all the symlinks?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3H.1 What is "import" for?
-
- The "import" command is a fast way to insert a whole tree of files
- into CVS.
-
- The first "import" to a particular file within the Repository
- creates an RCS file with a single revision on the "Vendor branch."
- Subsequent "import"s of the same file within the Repository append
- a new revision onto the Vendor branch. It does not, as some seem
- to believe, create a new branch for each "import". All "imports"
- are appended to the single Vendor branch.
-
- If the file hasn't changed, no new revision is created -- the new
- "Release-Tag" is added to the previous revision.
-
- After the import is finished, files you have not changed locally
- are considered to have changed in the "Main line of development".
- Files you *have* changed locally must have the new Vendor code
- merged into them before they are visible on the "Main line".
-
- See 4C.6 and 4C.15
-
-
- 3H.2 How am I supposed to use "import"?
-
- Create a source directory containing only the files you want to
- import. Make sure you clean up any cruft left over from previous
- builds or editing. You want to make sure that the directory
- contains only what you want to call "source" from which everything
- else is built.
-
- If this is not the first import from this "Vendor", you should
- also compare the output of "find . ! -name CVS -print | sort"
- executed both at the head of a checked out working directory and
- at the head of the sources to be imported. If you find any
- deleted or renamed files, you have to deal with them by hand.
- (See 4B.8 on renaming.)
-
- "cd" into your source directory and type:
-
- cvs import -m "Message" <repos> <Vendor-Tag> <Release-Tag>
-
- where <repos> is the relative directory pathname within the
- Repository that corresponds to the sources you are importing.
-
- You might also consider using the "-I !" option to avoid ignoring
- anything. It is easier to remove bogus files from the Repository
- than to create a sparse tree of the ignored files and rerun
- "import".
-
- For example, if the FSF, CVS, Make and I are still active in the
- year 2015, I'll import version 89.53 of GNU make this way:
-
- cvs import -m "GNUmake V89.53" gnu/make GNU GNUMAKE_89_53
-
- See 3H.13 for more details.
-
-
- 3H.3 Why does import put files on a branch? Why can't I work on the
- main trunk instead of a Vendor branch?
-
- This was a Design choice. The Vendor branch is the way "import"
- deals with a Vendor release. It is a solution to the Engineering
- problem of how to merge multiple external releases of
- Vendor-supplied sources into your ongoing work. The Vendor
- releases are kept on a separate, special, "Vendor" branch and your
- work is kept on the RCS trunk. New Vendor releases are imported
- onto the Vendor branch and then merged into your work, if there is
- any, on the trunk.
-
- This way, you can use CVS to find out not only about your work,
- but you can also find out what the Vendor changed by diffing
- between two of the Release Tags you handed to "import".
-
- CVS was designed to work this way. If you use CVS in some other
- way, you should think carefully about what you are doing.
-
- Note that the CVS "Main Branch" and the RCS Main Trunk are not the
- same. Placing files on the Vendor Branch doesn't keep you from
- creating a development branch to work on.
-
- See Section 4C, on Branching.
-
-
- If you are not working with 3rd party (i.e. Vendor) sources, you
- can skip the "import" and avoid the Vendor branch entirely. It
- works just as well to move pre-existing RCS files into Repository
- directories.
-
- You can create a whole Repository tree by copying a directory
- hierarchy of normal source files directly into the Repository and
- applying CVS to it. Here's an idea you should *test* before using:
-
- cd <your source tree>
- set source = `pwd`
- set module = xyzzy <<== Your choice of directory name
- mkdir $CVSROOT/$module
- cd $CVSROOT/$module
- (cd $source; tar cf - .) | tar xvpBf -
- find . -type f -exec ci -t-Original. {} \;
-
- The RCS "ci" command, without -u or -l options, will turn your
- source file into an RCS (",v") and delete the original source.
-
-
- 3H.4 Is there any way to import binary files?
-
- If you configured CVS to use the GNU version of "diff" and
- "diff3", then you can import any kind of file.
-
- Binary files with RCS keywords in them are a problem, since you
- don't want them to expand.
-
- If the tree you are about to "import" is entirely filled with
- binary files, you can use the '-ko' option on "import".
- Otherwise, I would run the import normally, then fix the binary
- files as described below in 3H.5.
-
- See 4D.1 on Binary files.
-
-
- 3H.5 Why does "import" corrupt some binary files?
-
- The RCS "co" command, when it is invoked by a CVS "checkout" or
- "update" (or after a "commit") command, searches for and expands a
- list of keywords within the file. They are documented in the RCS
- "co" man page. Strings such as "$\Id$" (or "$\Id:"), or
- "$\Revision$" (or "$\Revision:") are altered to the include the
- indicated information.
-
- [[Note: The keywords should appear in the text without the '\'
- character I have inserted to *avoid* expansion here. The only
- real RCS keywords in this document are at the top of the file,
- where I store the Revision and Date.]]
-
- If RCS keyword strings show up in a binary file, they will be
- altered unless you set the '-ko' option on the RCS files to tell
- RCS to keep the original keyword values and not to expand new
- ones. After "import", you can set the '-ko' option this way:
-
- cvs admin -ko <file>
- rm <file>
- cvs update <file>
-
- After an import that didn't use '-ko' (because the whole tree
- wasn't of binary files) you should fix up the binary files as
- described above before checking out any new copies of the files
- and before updating any working directories you checked out
- earlier.
-
- See 4D.1 on Binary files.
-
-
- 3H.6 How do I retain the original $\Revision$ strings in the sources?
-
- If you want to leave old RCS keywords as they are, you can use the
- '-ko' tricks described above.
-
-
-=3H.7 I imported some files for the Yarg compiler that compiles files
- with a suffix of ".yarg" and whose comment prefix is "YARG> ".
- When I check them out, they will no longer compile because they
- have this junk in them. Why?
-
- YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>
- YARG> $\Log:
- # Revision 1.3 1998/03/03 00:16:16 bubba
- # What is 2+2 anyway?
- #
- # Revision 1.2 1998/03/03 00:15:15 bubba
- # Added scorekeeping.
- YARG>
- YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>
-
-
- Well bubba, "Yarg" hasn't hit the big time yet. Neither RCS nor
- CVS know about your suffix or your comment prefix. So you have
- two choices:
-
- 1. Check out the Yarg-less module, and tell all the files about
- your comment prefix. Visit each directory and type:
-
- cvs admin -c"YARG> " *.yarg
-
- If *all* files in the whole directory tree are Yarg files,
- you can use this instead:
-
- cvs admin -c"YARG> " .
-
- Then save any changes you made, remove all the "*.yarg" files
- and grab new copies from the Repository:
-
- rm *.yarg
- (or: find . -name '*.yarg' -exec rm {} ';')
- (or: find . -name '*.yarg' -print | xargs rm)
- (or: find . -name '*.yarg' -print0 | xargs -0 rm
- if you have spaces in filenames and the GNU find/xargs.)
- cvs update
-
- It might be faster to remove the whole directory and check it
- out again.
-
- 2. Change the import.c file in the CVS sources and add the .yarg
- suffix, along with the "YARG> " comment prefix to the
- "comtable" array.
-
- If you ever plan to add new files with $\Log in them, you
- should also go into the RCS sources and make the same change in
- the table contained in the "rcsfnms.c" file.
-
- Then delete the imported files from the Repository and
- re-"import" the sources.
-
-
- 3H.8 How do I make "import" save the timestamps on the original files?
-
- Use "import -d" to save the current timestamps on the files as the
- RCS revision times.
-
- See 4D.8 for another aspect of file timestamps.
-
-
- 3H.9 Why can't I "import" 3 releases on different branches?
-
- I'll bet you typed something like this:
-
- cd /src/blasto.v2
- cvs import -b 1.1.2 VENDOR2 Version2
- cd /src/blasto.v3
- cvs import -b 1.1.3 VENDOR3 Version3
- cd /src/blasto.v4
- cvs import -b 1.1.4 VENDOR4 Version4
-
- This is wrong, or at least it won't help you much. You have
- created three separate Vendor branches, which is probably not
- what you wanted.
-
- Earlier versions of CVS, as described in Brian Berliner's Usenix
- paper, tried to support multiple Vendor branches on the theory
- that you might receive source for the *same* program from multiple
- vendors. It turns out that this is very rare, whereas the need to
- branch in *your* development, for releases and for project
- branches, is much greater.
-
- So the model now is to use a single vendor branch to contain a
- series of releases from the same vendor. Your work moves along
- on the Main Trunk, or on a CVS branch to support a real
- "branch in development".
-
- To set this up, you should type this instead of the above:
-
- cd /src/blasto.v2
- cvs import VENDOR Version2
- cd /src/blasto.v3
- cvs import VENDOR Version3
- cd /src/blasto.v4
- cvs import VENDOR Version4
-
-
- 3H.10 What do I do if the Vendor adds or deletes files between releases?
-
- Added files show up with no extra effort. To handle "removed"
- files, you should always compare the tree structure of the new
- release against the one you have in your Repository. If the
- Vendor has removed files since the previous release, go into a
- working directory containing your current version of the sources
- and "cvs remove" (followed by "cvs commit" to make it really take
- effect) each file that is no longer in the latest release.
-
- Using this scheme will allow you to "checkout" any version of
- the vendor's code, with the correct revisions and files, by
- using "checkout -r Version[234]".
-
- Renames are harder to find, since you have to compare file
- contents to determine that one has occurred. If you notice one,
- see 4B.8 on renaming files.
-
-
- 3H.11 What about if the Vendor changes the names of files or
- directories, or rearranges the whole structure between releases?
-
- Currently CVS can't handle this cleanly. It requires
- "renaming" a bunch of files or directories.
-
- See 4B.8 on "renaming" for more details.
-
- What I generally do is to close the Repository for a while and
- make changes in both the Repository and in a copy of the vendor
- release until the structure matches, then execute the import.
-
- If you ever have to check out and build an old version, you may
- have to use the new, or completely different Makefiles.
-
-
- 3H.12 I thought "import" was for Vendor releases, why would I use it
- for code of my own? Do I have to use import?
-
- For code you produce yourself, "import" is a convenience for fast
- insertion of whole trees. It is not necessary. You can just as
- easily create ",v" files using the RCS "ci" command and move
- them directly into the Repository.
-
- Other than the CVSROOT directory, the Repository consists entirely
- of directories of ",v" files. The Repository contains no other
- state information.
-
- See Section 4B, on Setting up and Managing the Repository.
-
-
- 3H.13 How do I import a large Vendor release?
-
- When the sum of the changes made by the Vendor and the changes
- made by local developers is small, "import" is not a big
- problem. But when you are managing a large Repository, any care
- taken up front will save you time later.
-
- First read the following, then, before executing "import", see the
- questions in Section 4C dealing with branch merges and Vendor
- branch merges.
-
- 0. If this is not the first import of this code, before starting,
- rtag the whole directory you will be changing.
-
- 1. The first step is to make sure the structure of the new files
- matches the structure of the current Repository.
-
- Run "find . -print | sort" on both trees and "diff" the output.
-
- 2. Alter the "source" tree until the "diff" (of the list of
- filenames, not of the whole trees) shows that the directory
- structures are equivalent.
-
- The "comm" command, if you have it, can help figure out what
- has been added or deleted between releases.
-
- 3. If they deleted any files, you can handle them cleanly with
- "cvs remove". The command "comm -23 files.old files.new" will
- show you a list of files that need to be removed.
-
- You should examine the list first to see if any have been
- renamed rather than simply deleted.
-
- 4. If they renamed any files, see 4B.8 on renaming files.
-
- 5. Remember to *SAVE* the output from the import command.
-
- 6. When you have dealt with removed and renamed files, then you
- can execute the import:
-
- cd <new source>
- cvs import -I ! -m "Message" <repos> <VendorTag> <ReleaseTag>
-
-
- Where
-
- "-I !" is an optional argument that keeps "import" from
- ignoring files. The comparison of the "find"
- commands above will probably avoid the need for
- this, but it is easier to remove files from the
- Repository than to run a subset "import" to catch
- just the ignored files.
- [You might have to quote or backwhack the '!'.]
-
- Message is the log message to be stored in the RCS files.
-
- <repos> is a relative path to a directory within the
- Repository. The directory <new source> must be at
- the same relative level within the new sources as
- the <repos> you give is within the Repository. (I
- realize this is not obvious. Experiment first.)
-
- <VendorTag> is a Tag used to identify the Vendor who sent you
- the files you are importing. All "imports" into
- the same <repos> *must* use the same VendorTag.
- You can find it later by using the "log" command.
-
- <ReleaseTag> is a Tag used to identify the particular release
- of the software you are importing. It must be
- unique and should be mnemonic -- at least include
- the revision number in it. (Note: you can't use
- '.' characters in a Tag. Substitute '_' or '-'.)
-
- 7. There will be six categories of files to deal with.
- (Actually there are eight, but you have already dealt with
- "removed" and "renamed" files.)
-
- If this is the first "import" into a given <repos> directory,
- only the first three of these ('I', 'L' and 'N') can occur.
-
-
- a. Ignored file.
-
- CVS prints: I filename
-
- You'll need to examine it to see if it *should* have been
- ignored. If you use "-I !", nothing will be ignored.
-
-
- b. Symbolic link.
-
- CVS prints: L linkname
-
- Links are "ignored", but you'll probably want to create
- a "checkout helper" function to regenerate them.
-
-
- c. New file.
-
- CVS prints: N filename
-
- CVS creates a new file in the Repository. You don't
- have to do anything to the file, but you might have to
- change Makefiles to refer to it if this is really a new
- file.
-
-
- d. A file unchanged by the Vendor since its last release.
-
- CVS prints: U filename
-
- CVS will notice this and simply add the new ReleaseTag
- to the latest rev on the Vendor branch.
-
- No work will be needed by you, whether you have changed
- the file or not. No one will notice anything.
-
- e. A file changed by the Vendor, but not by you.
-
- CVS prints: U filename
-
- CVS should add the file onto the vendor branch and
- attach the Release Tag to it.
-
- When you next execute "update" in any working directory
- you'll get the new revision.
-
-
- f. A file changed by both the Vendor and by you.
-
- CVS prints: C filename
-
- These are the trouble files. For each of these files
- (or in groups -- I usually do one directory at a
- time), you must execute:
-
- cvs update -j <PreviousReleaseTag> -j <ReleaseTag>
- or
- cvs update -j <VendorTag:yesterday> -j <VendorTag>
-
- It will print either 'M' (if no overlaps) or 'C', if
- overlaps. If a 'C' shows up, you'll need to edit the
- file by hand.
-
- Then, for every file, you'll need to execute "cvs commit".
-
- See the part of Section 4C dealing with branch merges.
-
-
- 8. If you are truly performing a large import, you will most
- likely need help. Managing those people is another problem
- area.
-
- Since the merge of the Vendor branch is just like any other
- merge, you should read section 4C for more info about
- performing and cleaning up merges.
-
- The larger the import, and the larger the group of people
- involved, the more often you should use "tag" and "rtag" to
- record even trivial milestones. See 4C.14, especially the
- "paranoid" section.
-
- Before starting the import, you should install and test a
- "commitinfo" procedure to record all commits in a file or via
- Email to a mail archive. Along with the tags you placed on the
- Repository before the import, this archive will help to track
- what was changed, if problems occur
-
- There are four stages to the recovery:
-
- A. Parcel out the work -- Effective Emacs Engineering.
-
- As input to the assignment process, you might want to
- examine the tree and record the last person who changed the
- file. You can also research, if you don't already know, who
- is expert in each area of the software.
-
- Examine the import log (you saved the output, right?),
- estimate how much work is involved in each area and assign
- groups of files to individual developers. Unless some
- directory is immense, it is easier to manage if you assign
- whole directories to one person.
-
- Keep a list. Suggest a completion date/time. Tell them to
- "commit" the file when they are finished with the merge.
- If you tagged the Repository before starting the import, you
- should have no trouble figuring out what happened.
-
- If you can, find out (or tell them) which working directory
- to use. You should verify that the working directory they
- use is on the Main Branch ("update -A") and without modified
- files.
-
- If you trust your crew, have them notify you by Email. Have
- them send you the output from "cvs update" in their working
- directory. You might have to poll some people until you are
- certain they have finished, or have given up. (This is not
- an invention. I've heard a false, "Yeah, sure. I finished
- yesterday," more times that you'd believe.)
-
- When all reports are in, go on to the Source Verification
- stage.
-
- B. Source Verification -- CVS and other Tools.
-
- If you didn't dictate which ones to use, find all working
- directories and run "cvs -n update" in all of them. The
- history command and the "commitinfo" log you set up might
- help to find checked out working directories.
-
- Sticky conflict flags will help, but they can't recover from
- sloppiness or incompetence. You might want to check
- everything out into a tree and grep for the parts of the
- merge conflict markers CVS doesn't look for. CVS looks for
- the string '^>>>>>>> '. The merge operation also puts
- '^<<<<<<< ' and '^======= ' markers in the file that
- careless developers might leave there.
-
- If you find problems simply by looking at the source files
- and working directories, start the flogging now. Resolving
- the textual conflicts is the easy part. Weed the turkeys
- out before reaching the next part of the cleanup -- the
- resolution of logical conflicts.
-
- Then apply a set of post-commit tags.
-
- C. Logical Verification -- Diff and powerful eyeballs.
-
- No source control system can solve the problem of resolving
- distributed conflicts in program logic. If you change the
- argument template for function A (defined in file A.c) and
- add new calls to function A from within function B (defined
- in file B.c) using the old argument format, you are outside
- the realm of CVS's competence.
-
- Assign someone to understand what the Vendor changed by
- running "cvs diff -c -r <PreviousReleaseTag> <ReleaseTag>",
- where the tags were those handed to the last two invocations
- of "import".
-
- Then have the same person compare that output (logically or
- you can actually diff the diffs) to the output of the
- similar "cvs diff -c -r <pre-import-tag> <post-commit-tag>".
- The two sets of differences should be almost identical.
- They should both show only the work *you* have performed.
-
- D. Product Verification -- Build and Test.
-
- Don't let your help off the hook until you verify that the
- merge actually produced something that can compile and pass
- tests. Compiling should really be part of the logical
- verification phase, but you should test the output of the
- build system before declaring victory and releasing the
- troops.
-
-
- 9. After it is all built, apply another set of tags to mark the
- end of the "import process". You can delete the intermediate
- tags you added during source and logic testing, but keep the
- "pre-import" and "post-import" tags forever.
-
-
- Of course, experience can tell you when to skip a step. But I'd
- start out by considering each one as necessary unless you can
- prove otherwise.
-
-
-
- 3H.14 Explain: ERROR: cannot create link to <file>: Permission denied
-
- This error appears when you try to execute a second (or later)
- "import" into the same module from a directory to which you don't
- have write access.
-
- The "link error" is caused by a feature purposely added to
- speed up the import.
-
- Though the error message is somewhat strange, it indicates that
- "import" is supposed to be executed only in writable directories.
-
-
- 3H.15 Where does the -m <message> go when the file doesn't change?
-
- The <message> handed to import is used as an RCS log message, but
- only if the imported file changed since the last version on the
- Vendor branch. If the imported file hasn't changed, then no new
- revision is created. The <ReleaseTag> is still applied, but to
- the previous revision. So the Tags are still correct, but the
- message is lost.
-
- Maybe it should be appended to the previous log message. But
- currently it isn't.
-
-
- 3H.16 How do I "import" just the files ignored by a previous "import"?
-
- A real answer follows, but first, an editorial:
-
- I am now convinced that you should always use the "-I !"
- option. Removing a few extraneous files from the Repository
- is a lot easier than the recovery step described below.
-
-
- Let's assume your original import procedure was:
- (We assume there is enough disk space in /tmp.)
-
- cd <head-of-vendor-tree>
- cvs import -m 'xyz 1.3' gnu/xyz GNU GNUXYZ_1_3 | tee /tmp/IMP
-
- To import just the files ignored by "import", I would do this:
-
- 1. Create a list of the ignored files to import:
-
- cd <head-of-vendor-tree>
- awk '/^I / {print $2}' /tmp/IMP | sed 's|^gnu/xyz/||' > /tmp/IG
- [Edit the IG file to contain just the files you want.]
-
- 2. Then create a sparse directory by handing your list to the GNU
- version of "tar", installed in many places as "gtar":
-
- mkdir /tmp/FIXUP
- gtar -T /tmp/IG -c -f - . | (cd /tmp/FIXUP; gtar xvBf -)
-
- 3. Then rerun the import. Use the exact same command, but execute
- it in the sparse directory tree you just created. And this
- time, tell it not to ignore anything.
-
- cd /tmp/FIXUP
- cvs import -I ! -m 'xyz 1.3' gnu/xyz GNU GNUXYZ_1_3
-
-
- 3H.17 Why did "import" ignore all the symlinks?
-
- This is another design choice.
-
- Like the Unix "tar" command, "import" could sprout an option to
- follow symbolic links, but I don't think CVS will ever follow
- symbolic links by default.
-
- Two possible future enhancements have been seriously discussed:
-
- 1. Treat symbolic links as data in its parent directory (the way
- ClearCase does) in some sort of per-directory control file.
-
- 2. Treat symbolic links as version-controlled elements themselves,
- whose data is the value of readlink(2).
-
- For now, they are simply ignored.
-
- If you want to save and reconstruct symlinks, you might want to
- define a "checkout" or "update" program in the modules file which
- could consult a file kept under CVS in your working directory and
- make sure the specified links are in place.
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3I -- "log", "lo", "rlog"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3I.1 What is "log" for?
- 3I.2 How do I extract the log entries between two revisions?
- 3I.3 How do I extract the log entries on a whole branch?
- 3I.4 How do I generate ChangeLogs from RCS logs?
- 3I.5 Why does "log" tell me a file was committed exactly 5 hours later
- than I know it was?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3I.1 What is "log" for?
-
- To provide an interface to the RCS "rlog" command, which displays
- information about the underlying RCS files, including the revision
- history and Tag (RCS calls it a "symbol") list.
-
-
- 3I.2 How do I extract the log entries between two revisions?
-
- If both <rev1> and <rev2> are on the same branch, you can get
- what you are looking for with: (If they aren't on the same branch
- you'll either get an error or a display of the whole change log.)
-
- cvs log -r<rev1>:<rev2> <file>
-
- If you want all the revisions on the branch from <rev1> to the end
- of the branch <rev1> is on, you can use:
-
- cvs log -r<rev1>: <file>
-
- (If <rev1> is a numeric RCS symbol attached to a branch revision
- with an even number of '.'s in it, you get the whole branch.)
-
- If you want all the revisions on the branch from the beginning of
- the branch <rev2> is on up to revision <rev2>, you can use:
-
- cvs log -r:<rev2> <file>
-
-
- Note: Depending on whether <rev1> and <rev2> are:
-
- - numeric or symbolic
- - in the file or not
- - on the same branch or not
-
- the RCS "rlog" (and therefore the "cvs log") command will
- display some combination of:
-
- - error messages
- - (intuitively correct) partial log listings
- - a display of the entire change log.
-
-
- 3I.3 How do I extract the log entries on a whole branch?
-
- cvs log -r<rev> <file>
-
- where <rev> must be a branch revision (one with an even number
- of dots) or a *non-branch* tag on a branch revision. Non-branch
- tags on a branch revision are not normally attached by CVS, to add
- one you will have to explicitly tag a physical branch number
- within each file. Since these branch numbers are almost never the
- same in different files, this command is not all that useful.
-
- The intuitive command (at least from the CVS perspective):
-
- cvs log -r<branch_tag> <file>
-
- does not work.
-
-
- 3I.4 How do I generate ChangeLogs from RCS logs?
-
- A program called rcs2log is distributed as part of GNU Emacs 19.
- A (possibly older) version of this program appears in the contrib
- directory of the cvs source tree.
-
-
- 3I.5 Why does "log" tell me a file was committed exactly 5 hours later
- than I know it was?
-
- I can tell by this question that you were working in a time zone
- that is 5 hours behind GMT (e.g. the U.S. East Coast in winter).
-
- RCS file dates are stored in GMT to allow users in different time
- zones to agree on the meaning of a timestamp. At first glance
- this doesn't seem necessary, but many companies use distributed
- file systems, such as NFS or AFS, across multiple timezones.
-
- Some standard form must be used. GMT, as the "grid origin", is an
- obvious candidate. The only other reasonable choice is to put the
- timezone information in all the time stamps, but that changes the
- RCS file format incompatibly, a step which has been avoided in the
- last few RCS releases.
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3J -- "patch", "pa", "rdiff"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3J.1 What is "patch" for?
- 3J.2 Why does "patch" include files from the Attic when I use '-D'?
- 3J.3 How do I make "patch" produce a patch for one or two files?
- It seems to work only with modules.
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3J.1 What is "patch" for?
-
- To produce a "diff" between tagged releases to be handed to the
- "patch" command at other sites. This is the standard way that
- source patches are distributed on the network.
-
-
- 3J.2 Why does "patch" include files from the Attic when I use '-D'?
-
- See the explanation of the same problem with "update -D"
- contained in section 5B.
-
-
- 3J.3 How do I make "patch" produce a patch for one or two files?
- It seems to work only with modules.
-
- Patch is intended for producing patches of whole modules between
- releases to be distributed to remote sites. Instead of "patch",
- you can use the "diff" command with the '-c' context option:
-
- cvs diff -c -r <rev/tag> -r <rev/tag> <file1> . . .
-
- The patch command will be able to merge such a "diff" into the
- remote source files.
-
- If you configured CVS to use a version of "diff" that supports the
- '-u' option, you can produce a more compact "patch" in "unidiff"
- format. The latest revisions of the patch command can parse and
- apply patches in "unidiff" format.
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3K -- "release", "re", "rel"
-----------------
-
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3K.1 What is "release" for?
- 3K.2 Why can't I reverse a "cvs checkout path/name/subdir" with a
- "cvs release path/name/subdir" without an "unknown module name"?
- 3K.3 Why can't I "release" portions of a checked out directory? I
- should be able to "release" any file or sub-directory within
- my working directory.
- 3K.4 I removed the tree that I was about to start working on. How do I
- tell cvs that I want to release it if I don't have it anymore?
- 3K.5 Why doesn't "release -d module" reverse a "checkout module"?
- 3K.6 Why can't I release a module renamed with "cvs checkout -d"?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3K.1 What is "release" for?
-
- To register that a module is no longer in use. It is intended
- to reverse the effects of a "checkout" by adding a record to
- the history file to balance the checkout record and by
- optionally allowing you to delete the checked-out directory
- associated with the module name.
-
-
- 3K.2 Why can't I reverse a "cvs checkout path/name/subdir" with a
- "cvs release path/name/subdir" without an "unknown module name"?
-
- A simplistic implementation. (I can say this -- I wrote it.)
-
- The "release" function was written for CVS 1.2 under the
- assumption that the "module name" is a first class, unavoidable
- interface to the Repository, allowing no way to retrieve anything
- other than by module name. Though it is easier to program that
- way, many users of CVS believe the modules support to be too
- primitive to allow such a limitation.
-
- Since "release" was written, other parts of CVS broke that
- assumption. It needs to be revised.
-
-
- 3K.3 Why can't I "release" portions of a checked out directory? I
- should be able to "release" any file or sub-directory within
- my working directory.
-
- This isn't really a limitation in "release", per se. CVS doesn't
- try to keep track of which files in which directories are "checked
- out" and which are just lying there. You can delete directories
- and "update" will not bring them back unless you add a special
- "-d" option.
-
- In other words, CVS doesn't keep track of how you adjust the
- partition between files you consider part of your working set and
- files that were checked out because they are part of the same
- module or directory. And neither does "release".
-
- In future CVS releases, "release" might become sophisticated
- enough to handle both the reversal of a "checkout" and the
- deletion of random portions of the working directory, but it isn't
- that way now.
-
-
- 3K.4 I removed the tree that I was about to start working on. How do I
- tell cvs that I want to release it if I don't have it anymore?
-
- See 3G.4.
-
-
- 3K.5 Why doesn't "release -d module" reverse a "checkout module"?
-
- It does, if you are using "module" in a way that "release"
- expects: a non-alias string in the left column of the "modules"
- database.
-
- If "module" is really an alias, or if you are using a relative
- path in the place of "module", or if you renamed the directory
- with the -d option in the modules file or on the "checkout"
- command line, then the current version of "release" won't work.
-
- Future versions of "release" will probably fix most of these.
-
-
- 3K.6 Why can't I release a module renamed with "cvs checkout -d"?
-
- The current version of "release" doesn't know how to track the
- renaming option ('-d') of the "checkout" command. It will
- probably be fixed in the future.
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3L -- "remove", "rm", "delete"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3L.1 What is "remove" for?
- 3L.2 Why doesn't "remove" work on directories when it appears to try?
- 3L.3 I don't like removing files. Is there another way to ignore them?
- 3L.4 I just removed a file. How do I resurrect it?
- 3L.5 Why doesn't "remove" delete the file? Instead, it prints an
- error message and tells me to remove the file by hand.
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3L.1 What is "remove" for?
-
- To remove a file from the working branch. It removes a file from
- the main branch by placing it in an "Attic" directory.
-
-
- 3L.2 Why doesn't "remove" work on directories when it appears to try?
-
- Oversight. It should be able to delete an empty directory, but
- you still don't have a way to remember when it was there and when
- it disappeared to allow the "-D <date>" option to work.
-
- You'll have to remove the working directory and the matching
- directory in the Repository.
-
-
- 3L.3 I don't like removing files. Is there another way to ignore them?
-
- There's no reason to be hasty in using the "remove" command.
-
- If there is a way to ignore files in your build procedures, I'd
- just do that. Later, when you decide that the files are really
- ancient, you can execute a "remove" command to clean up.
-
- The CVS "ignore" concept can't ignore files already in CVS.
-
-
- 3L.4 I just removed a file. How do I resurrect it?
-
- If you executed "remove", but haven't typed "commit" (you can
- tell this by the 'R' notation that "update" prints next to the
- file), you can execute "add" to reverse the "remove".
-
- If you followed the "remove" with a "commit", you'll have
- to move it back out of the Attic by hand:
-
- I use something like this: (csh-like syntax)
-
- set repos = `cat ./CVS/Repository`
- mv $repos/Attic/filename,v $repos/filename,v
-
- (If you use relative paths in your Repository files, that first
- line becomes: set repos = $CVSROOT/`cat ./CVS/Repository`)
-
- While a file is in the Attic, you can't "add" another file by
- the same name. To add such a file you either have to move it by
- hand as in the above, or delete it from the Attic.
-
- The main reason for the Attic is to retain files with tags in
- them. If you execute: "update -r <oldtag>", files with <oldtag>
- attached to some revision will be taken from the normal Repository
- area and from the Attic. That's why you can't "add" a file with
- the same name. "remove" only moves a file off the main branch, it
- doesn't obliterate it.
-
-
- 3L.5 Why doesn't "remove" delete the file? Instead, it prints an
- error message and tells me to remove the file by hand.
-
- Design choice. Unix software written within last decade, usually
- requires an extra verification step, such as answering a question
- or adding a flag on the command line. CVS currently requires that
- you delete the file first unless you specify the '-f' (force)
- option, which deletes the file before performing "cvs remove".
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3M -- "rtag", "rt", "rfreeze"
-----------------
-
-(See the "tag" section below for the general questions about Tagging, which
- "tag" and "rtag" share in common.)
-
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3M.1 What is "rtag" for?
- 3M.2 Why use "rtag"? It assumes no one is changing the Repository.
- 3M.3 What revision does "rtag -r <tag1> <tag2>" actually put the tag on?
- 3M.4 What happens if the tags are the same in "rtag -r <tag> <tag>"?
- 3M.5 Why doesn't "rtag -b -r <branch_tag1> <branch_tag2>" rename or
- duplicate a magic branch tag?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3M.1 What is "rtag" for?
-
- To add a symbolic label (a "tag") to the last committed revisions
- of a module directly in the Repository.
-
-
- 3M.2 Why use "rtag"? It assumes no one is changing the Repository.
-
- Though the "tag" command is more useful in marking the
- revisions you have in a particular working directory, "rtag" is
- much handier for whole-Repository actions, which occur at major
- release boundaries.
-
-
- 3M.3 What revision does "rtag -r <tag1> <tag2>" actually put the tag on?
-
- In short, the '-r' option is another way to select the revision to
- tag. The revision is selected the same way for all commands that
- accept a "-r <tag/rev>" option.
-
- Depending on whether <tag1> is a <branch_tag>, or a non-branch
- <tag> and on whether you use the '-b' option to "rtag", you get
- four different results:
-
- 1. rtag -r <tag1> <tag2>
-
- Adds the non-branch tag <tag2> to the same revision that the
- non-branch tag <tag1> is attached to.
-
- Example:
- <tag1> --> TT1
- <tag2> --> TT2
- <file> --> Symbols: TT1:1.4
- After --> Symbols: TT1:1.4,TT2:1.4
-
-
- 2. rtag -r <branch_tag1> <tag2>
-
- Adds the non-branch tag <tag2> to the HEAD of (the highest
- revision number on) the branch labelled with tag <branch_tag1>.
-
- Example:
- <branch_tag1> --> BR1
- <tag2> --> TT2
- <file> --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2 (1.2.2.5 is HEAD)
- After --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2,TT2:1.2.2.5
-
- If the branch tagged by <branch_tag1> has not been created,
- then the tag shows up on the branch point revision:
-
- Example:
- <branch_tag1> --> BR1
- <tag2> --> TT2
- <file> --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2 (No 1.2.X exists.)
- After --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2,TT2:1.2
-
-
- 3. rtag -b -r <tag1> <branch_tag2>
-
- Adds the magic branch tag <branch_tag2> to the revision that
- the non-branch tag <tag1> is attached to, preparing it to be a
- branch point.
-
- Example:
- <tag1> --> TT1
- <branch_tag2> --> BR2
- <file> --> Symbol: TT1:1.4
- After --> Symbol: TT1:1.4, BR2:1.4.0.2
-
-
- 4. rtag -b -r <branch_tag1> <branch_tag2>
-
- Adds the magic branch tag <branch_tag2> to the revision at the
- HEAD of (the highest revision number on) the branch labelled
- with <branch_tag1>, preparing it to be a branch point.
-
- Example:
- <branch_tag1> --> BR1
- <branch_tag2> --> BR2
- <file> --> Symbol: BR1:1.2.0.2 (1.2.2.5 is HEAD)
- After --> Symbol: BR1:1.2.0.2,BR2:1.2.2.5.0.2
-
- If the branch tagged by <branch_tag1> has not been created,
- then the tag shows up as a second branch off the same
- branch point revision:
-
- Example:
- <branch_tag1> --> BR1
- <tag2> --> TT2
- <file> --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2 (No 1.2.X exists.)
- After --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2,TT2:1.2.0.4
-
-
-
- In all four cases above, if <tag2> already exists on the file, you
- get an error unless you specify the '-F' option.
-
- In all four cases, if <tag1> does not exist on the file, <tag2> is
- not added unless you specify the '-f' option.
-
-
- 3M.4 What happens if the tags are the same in "rtag -r <tag> <tag>"?
-
- Again, there are four cases depending on whether <tag> is a
- branch tag, or a non-branch tag and on whether you use the
- '-b' option to "rtag":
-
- 1. rtag -r <tag> <tag>
-
- Is a no-op. It does nothing even with '-F' specified.
-
- If you add the '-f' option ("rtag -f -r <tag> <tag>"), then
- <tag> is attached to the latest revision on the Main Branch if
- the file does *not* already have <tag> on some revision.
-
- If the <tag> is already on the file, using "rtag -f" is still
- a no-op.
-
-
- 2. rtag -r <branch_tag> <branch_tag>
-
- Produces an error, since the <branch_tag> is already on some
- revision of the file.
-
- But, "rtag -F -r <branch_tag> <branch_tag>" turns the magic
- branch tag into a non-branch tag.
-
- Symbols: BR1:1.4.0.2
- becomes
- Symbols: BR1:1.4
-
-
- 3. rtag -b -r <tag> <tag>
-
- Produces an error, since the <tag> is already on the file.
-
- But, "rtag -F -b -r <tag> <tag>" turns the non-branch
- tag into a magic branch tag.
-
- Symbols: BR1:1.4
- becomes
- Symbols: BR1:1.4.0.2
-
-
- 4. rtag -b -r <branch_tag> <branch_tag>
-
- Produces an error, since the <branch_tag> is already on the
- file.
-
- But, "rtag -F -b -r <branch_tag> <branch_tag>" increments the
- branch number. It essentially removes the branch and creates a
- new one by the same name.
-
- Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.4
- becomes
- Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.6
-
-
-
- 3M.5 Why doesn't "rtag -b -r <branch_tag1> <branch_tag2>" rename or
- duplicate a magic branch tag?
-
- None of the "tag" or "rtag" options rename anything. They only
- apply (or, with the '-F' option, move) tags to specific revisions
- in the file.
-
- See 3M.[3-4] above for details of how it works.
-
- To rename a non-branch tag, see 3O.9.
- To rename a magic branch tag, see 4D.5
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3N -- "status", "st", "stat"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3N.1 What is "status" for?
- 3N.2 Why does "status" limit the File: at the top to 17 characters?
- 3N.3 Why does it print "Sticky" lines when the values are "(none)"?
- 3N.4 Shouldn't the status "Needs Checkout" be "Needs Update"?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3N.1 What is "status" for?
-
- To display the status of files, including the revision and branch
- you are working on and the existence of "sticky" information.
-
-
- 3N.2 Why does "status" limit the File: at the top to 17 characters?
-
- Designed that way to line up with other data. You can find the
- whole filename in the line beginning with "RCS version:", which is
- not limited in length.
-
-
- 3N.3 Why does it print "Sticky" lines when the values are "(none)"?
-
- Oversight. It should probably elide lines without information.
-
-
- 3N.4 Shouldn't the status "Needs Checkout" be "Needs Update"?
-
- Probably.
-
- [[Did this show up in CVS 1.4?]]
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3O -- "tag", "ta", "freeze"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3O.1 What is "tag" for?
- 3O.2 What is the difference between "tag" and "rtag"?
- 3O.3 Why does "tag -b" not put a tag on the Branch Point revision?
- How do I refer to the Branch Point?
- 3O.4 So "{r}tag" labels a bunch of files. What do you use a Tag for?
- 3O.5 How do I get "tag" and "rtag" to send mail the way "commit" does?
- 3O.6 Why can't "tag" handle the '-r' option that "rtag" takes?
- 3O.7 After a "tag <tag>" in my working directory, why doesn't "checkout
- -r <tag>" somewhere else produce copies of my current files?
- 3O.8 Why doesn't "tag" write a history record the way "rtag" does?
- 3O.9 How do I rename a <tag>?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3O.1 What is "tag" for?
-
- To add a symbolic label (a "tag") to the RCS files last checked
- out, updated or committed in a working directory.
-
-
- 3O.2 What is the difference between "tag" and "rtag"?
-
- The end result of both commands is that a <tag>, or symbolic name,
- is attached to a single revision in each of a collection of files.
-
- The differences lie in:
-
- 1. The collection of files they work on.
-
- "rtag" works on the collection of files referred to by a
- "module" name as defined in the "modules" file, or a relative
- path within the Repository.
-
- "tag" works on files and directories specified on the command
- line within the user's working directory. (Default is '.')
-
- Both commands recursively follow directory hierarchies within
- the named files and directories.
-
- 2. The revisions they choose to tag.
-
- "rtag" places a tag on the latest committed revision of
- each file on the branch specified by the '-r' option. By
- default it tags the Main Branch.
-
- "tag" places a tag on the BASE (i.e. last checked out, updated
- or committed) revision of each file found in the working
- directory. (The BASE revision of a file is the one stored in
- the ./CVS/Entries file.)
-
- 3. A different set of command line options.
-
- For example, "rtag" takes a "-r <oldtag>" option to retag an
- existing tag. The "tag" command does not.
-
- 4. How it is logged.
-
- Currently "rtag" records the <tag> and the module in the
- "history" file, while "tag" does not.
-
-
- 3O.3 Why does "tag -b" not put a tag on the Branch Point revision?
- How do I refer to the Branch Point?
-
- This is probably an oversight, or a disbelief in the need for it.
- If everything works perfectly, the "update -j" command will do the
- merge you need and you don't need to check up on it by playing
- with the branch point revision.
-
- The '-b' option attaches a magic branch tag to allow CVS later to
- figure out the branch point. The actual revision that <tag> is
- attached to does not exist. References to the branch tag are
- equivalent to references to the latest revision on the branch.
-
- There is no way to refer to the branch point without adding a
- non-branch tag. You might want to add non-branch tags as a
- habit and add branch tags later, possibly immediate after adding
- the non-branch tag. See 4C.3 on Creating a Branch.
-
-
- 3O.4 So "{r}tag" labels a bunch of files. What do you use a Tag for?
-
- You use it to "checkout" the labeled collection of files as a
- single object, referring to it by name.
-
- Anywhere a revision number can be used a Tag can be used. In fact
- tags are more useful because they draw a line through a collection
- of files, marking a development milestone.
-
- The way to think about a Tag is as a curve drawn through a matrix
- of filename vs. revision number. Consider this:
-
- Say we have 5 files (in some arbitrary modules, some may be in 2
- or more modules by name, some may be in 2 or more modules because
- of the Repository tree structure) with the following revisions:
-
- file1 file2 file3 file4 file5
-
- 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 /--1.1* <-*- <tag>
- 1.2*- 1.2 1.2 -1.2*-
- 1.3 \- 1.3*- 1.3 / 1.3
- 1.4 \ 1.4 / 1.4
- \-1.5*- 1.5
- 1.6
-
- At some time in the past, the '*' versions were tagged. Think
- of the <tag> as a handle attached to the curve drawn through the
- tagged revisions. When you pull on the handle, you get all the
- tagged revisions. Another way to look at it is that you draw a
- straight line through the set of revisions you care about and
- shuffle the other revisions accordingly. Like this:
-
- file1 file2 file3 file4 file5
-
- 1.1
- 1.2
- 1.1 1.3 _
- 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.1 /
- 1.2*----1.3*----1.5*----1.2*----1.1 (--- <-- Look here
- 1.3 1.6 1.3 \_
- 1.4 1.4
- 1.5
-
- I find that using these visual aids, it is much easier to
- understand what a <tag> is and what it is useful for.
-
-
- 3O.5 How do I get "tag" and "rtag" to send mail the way "commit" does?
-
- The "commit" command is supported by two files ("commitinfo"
- and "loginfo") not used by other commands. To do logging the
- same way for "tag" and "rtag" would require another file like
- loginfo, which currently doesn't exist.
-
- The "rtag" command requires a "module" entry, which can specify a
- "tag" program using the "-t programname" option on the module
- line.
-
- There is no equivalent support for "tag".
-
-
- 3O.6 Why can't "tag" handle the '-r' option that "rtag" takes?
-
- Oversight. The answer is probably "Fixed in a Future Release."
-
-
- 3O.7 After a "tag <tag>" in my working directory, why doesn't "checkout
- -r <tag>" somewhere else produce copies of my current files?
-
- The only reason this would fail, other than misspelling the <tag>
- string, is that you didn't "commit" your work before "tagging" it.
- Only committed revisions may be tagged. Modified files are not
- marked for later tagging.
-
-
- 3O.8 Why doesn't "tag" write a history record the way "rtag" does?
-
- The "rtag" command was originally intended to place major
- "release" tags onto modules. The "tag" functionality was
- developed to *move* the more significant tag when slight changes
- to individual files sneaked in after the release tag was stamped
- onto the Repository.
-
- The significant event was the "rtag", which was recorded in the
- "history" file for the "history -T" option to work.
-
- It turns out that "tag" is generally more useful than "rtag", so
- the model has changed. Future revisions of CVS will probably
- store both kinds of tags in the history file.
-
-
- 3O.9 How do I rename a <tag>?
-
- For a procedure to rename a branch tag, See section 4D.5
- The following covers only non-branch tags.
-
- First, pick a <newtag> that is not in use. You could reuse
- (i.e. move) an existing tag to the new revisions using the '-F'
- option, but that will confuse matters when both tags are not
- already on a file. (It will probably confuse "rtag -f" too.)
-
- Use "rtag" to place <newtag> only on revisions attached to
- <oldtag> in the whole Repository, then delete the old one.
-
- cvs rtag -r <oldtag> <newtag> world
- cvs rtag -d <oldtag> world.
-
-
- You can also checkout or update your working directory to the
- <oldtag> and "tag" rather than "rtag" the result. But that
- will take longer and it has the chance of producing conflicts.
-
- cvs update -r <oldtag>
- cvs tag <newtag>
- cvs tag -d <oldtag>
- cvs update -A (or cvs update -r <previous_tag>)
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 3P -- "update", "up", "upd"
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 3P.1 What is "update" for?
- 3P.2 What do 'U', 'M' and 'C' mean when I type "update"? Are they
- different for "cvs -n update"?
- 3P.3 What's the difference between "update" and "checkout"?
- 3P.4 Why don't I get new files when I execute "update"?
- 3P.5 Why does "update" say 'M' both for plain modified files and for
- successful (i.e. conflict-free) merges? Aren't they different?
- 3P.6 What's a "sticky conflict"? How does it know a conflict occurred?
- 3P.7 Is there a feature to tell me what I have changed, added and
- removed without changing anything?
- 3P.8 Why were all my files deleted when I executed "update"?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 3P.1 What is "update" for?
-
- The "update" command is by far the most important command and is
- probably also the most used command.
-
- It has five purposes: (And many options.)
-
- 1. To display the status of your working files.
-
- Though a plain "update" also displays the status, it does so
- after possibly altering your working directory. To see the
- status of your working files without changing anything, type:
-
- cvs -n update {optional list of files}
-
-
- 2. To merge changes made by others to the branch you are working
- on into your working files.
-
- Each working directory is attached to a branch, usually the
- Main branch. To merge changes made on your working branch
- since your last checkout, update or commit, type:
-
- cvs update {optional list of files}
-
-
- 3. To merge changes made on another branch into the branch you are
- working on (your "working branch").
-
- If you want to grab a whole branch, from the branch point,
- which is assumed to be on the Main Branch, to the end of the
- branch, you type:
-
- cvs update -j <branch_tag> {optional files}
-
- If you want to grab the changes made between two tags or
- revisions, you type:
-
- cvs update -j <tag1> -j <tag2> {optional files}
-
- (If you are working with a single file, the Tags could also be
- revisions numbers. Unless you take great care to match
- revision numbers across different files (a waste of time given
- the way Tags work), using revision numbers in place of the
- Tags for multiple files would be meaningless.)
-
-
- 4. To move your working directory to another branch.
-
- A working directory is presumed to be attached to (or working
- on) a particular branch, usually the Main branch. To alter
- what CVS believes to be your working branch, you "move" to that
- branch.
-
- To move to a tagged branch, type:
-
- cvs update -r <branch_tag> {optional files}
-
- To move to the Main Branch, type:
-
- cvs update -A {optional files}
-
- If you have modified files in your working directory, this is
- not a clean move. CVS will attempt to merge the changes
- necessary to make it look like you made the same changes to the
- new branch as you made in the old one. But if you do this
- twice without resolving the merge conflicts each time, you can
- lose work.
-
-
- 5. To retrieve old revisions of files.
-
- This option is similar to 4 above but you are not restricted to
- using a <branch_tag>. You may specify any revision or <tag>
- with '-r' and get the specified revision or the tagged
- revision:
-
- cvs update -r <tag/rev> {optional files}
-
- Or you may specify any date with '-D':
-
- cvs update -D <date> {optional files}
-
- The '-p' option sends the revisions to standard output
- (normally your terminal) rather than setting the "sticky" tag
- and changing the files.
-
-
- 3P.2 What do 'U', 'M' and 'C' mean when I type "update"? Are they
- different for "cvs -n update"?
-
- "cvs update" merges changes made to the Repository, since your
- last "checkout", "update" or "commit", into your working files.
- You can think of it as changing your BASE revision.
-
- "cvs update" prints lines beginning with:
-
- 'U' after replacing your unmodified file with a different
- revision from the Repository.
-
- 'M' for two different reasons:
-
- 1. for files you have modified that have not changed in
- the Repository.
-
- 2. after a merge, if it detected no conflicts.
-
- 'C' after a merge, if it detected conflicts. See 2D.7 and
- 3P.6 for more info on conflict resolution and "sticky
- conflicts."
-
- "cvs -n update" shows what it *would* do, rather than doing it.
- Or, another way of looking at it, "cvs -n update" displays the
- relationship between your current BASE revisions (identified in
- your ./CVS/Entries file) and the HEAD revisions (the latest
- revisions in the Repository).
-
- "cvs -n update" prints lines beginning with:
-
- 'U' for files you have not modified that have changed in the
- Repository.
-
- 'M' for files you have modified that have not changed in the
- Repository.
-
- 'C' for files you have modified that have also been changed in
- the Repository.
-
-
- See 4C.6 for what the letters mean when merging in from another
- branch. The output is almost the same for a normal update if you
- consider the Repository as the branch and your working directory
- as the "trunk".
-
-
- 3P.3 What's the difference between "update" and "checkout"?
-
- See 3C.4 above.
-
-
- 3P.4 Why don't I get new files when I execute "update"?
-
- There are six reasons for nothing to happen during an "update":
-
- 1. Nothing on your branch changed in the Repository.
-
- If no one has committed anything to the branch you are working
- on (normally the Main branch) since the last time you executed
- "checkout", "update" or "commit", nothing will happen.
-
- It's like shouting "xyzzy" or "plugh" in the wrong room.
-
- 2. You have a "sticky" non-branch <tag> or <date> attached to the
- working files you are trying to "update".
-
- At some time in the past you checked out or updated your
- directory with the "-r <tag>" or "-D <date>" option. Until you
- do it again with a different tag or date, or go back to the
- Main Branch with "update -A", you will never again see any
- updates.
-
- 3. The ./CVS/Entries.Static file exists and you are expecting a
- new file.
-
- If your ./CVS administrative directory contains a file named
- Entries.Static, no files will be checked out that aren't
- already in the Entries or Entries.Static file.
-
- 4. You forgot to use the '-d' option and are looking for new
- directories.
-
- If you execute "update" without the '-d' option, it will not
- create new directories that have been added to the Repository.
-
- 5. You typed "update" instead of "cvs update".
-
- On most Unix systems, your disk caches are now furiously being
- flushed by multiple update daemons, destroying performance and
- proving to management that you need more CPU power. :-)
-
- On HP systems you might be asked what package you want to
- install from the "update server".
-
- 6. Someone removed (using "admin -o") your BASE revision (the
- revision CVS thought you had in your working directory), then
- committed a "replacement". CVS is now confused because the
- revision in the Repository matches your BASE revision when the
- files themselves don't match. See 3B.6.
-
-
- 3P.5 Why does "update" say 'M' both for plain modified files and for
- successful (i.e. conflict-free) merges? Aren't they different?
-
- A design choice. Yes, they are different internally, but that
- shouldn't matter. Your files are in the same condition after the
- "update" as they were before -- a "diff" will display only your
- modifications. And you are expected to continue onward with parts
- two and three of the normal development cycle: "emacs" (a synonym
- for "edit" in most of the civilized world) and "commit".
-
-
- 3P.6 What's a "sticky conflict"? How does it know a conflict occurred?
-
- When a "cvs update" (or an "update -j") creates a conflict, it
- prints a 'C' and stores the timestamp of the file after the merge
- in a special field in the ./CVS/Entries file.
-
- This conflict indication implies that the merge command altered
- your working file to contain conflict markers surrounding the
- overlapping code segments. For example, say that
-
- - Two developers acquire revision 1.2 of <file> via "checkout" or
- "update".
-
- - Developer A changes line 1 from "9999" to "5555", then commits
- the file, creating revision 1.3.
-
- - Developer B changes line 1 from "9999" to "7777", then tries to
- commit the file, but is blocked because the file is not up to
- date. Developer B then runs "update" and sees the conflict
- marker 'C'. The beginning of the file would look like this:
-
- <<<<<<< <file> The working <file> in question.
- 7777 Change made to the working <file>.
- =======
- 5555 Change made in the first commit (1.3)
- >>>>>>> 1.3 The revision created by the first commit.
-
- The conflict is "sticky", which means that until the conflict is
- cleared, the "update" command will continue to display the file's
- status as 'C' and the "status" command will show the file's status
- as "Unresolved Conflict".
-
- Until the conflict is cleared, "commit" is blocked for this file.
-
- The sticky conflict indicator can be cleared by:
-
- 1. Resolving the conflict by editing the file. Two things must
- happen before the conflict is considered resolved:
-
- The timestamp of the file must change.
- *and*
- The file must contain no conflict markers. (The string
- searched for in the file is the regexp: "^>>>>>>> ".)
-
- After clearing the sticky conflict indicator, you may then
- commit the file normally.
-
- 2. Removing the file and running "update". This throws away the
- local changes and accepts the latest committed file on this
- branch. No commit is needed.
-
- 3. Forcing the commit to happen by using "commit -f". This is
- probably a mistake since there are few lines of real
- text that begin with ">>>>>>> ".
-
-
- 3P.7 Is there a feature to tell me what I have changed, added and
- removed without changing anything?
-
- The command "cvs -n update" will do exactly that.
-
-
- 3P.8 Why were all my files deleted when I executed "update"?
-
- You probably executed "update -r <tag>" some time ago, then
- removed <tag> from the Repository files. "update -r <tag>" will
- delete a file that doesn't contain <tag>.
-
- A way to fix this is to "cd" into your working directory and
- type:
-
- cvs update -A
-
- If you don't want the latest revisions on the Main (or Vendor)
- Branch, then decide what Tag (normal or branch) you want and type:
-
- cvs update -r <the_tag_you_want>
-
- Another way to make a file disappear is to execute "update -D
- <date>" where <date> is before the date stamped onto the first
- revision in the RCS file.
-
-
-
-===============================================
-== Section 4 ==== Advanced Topics ====
-===============================================
-
-----------------
--- Section 4A -- Installing CVS
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 4A.1 What do I have to do before I install CVS?
- 4A.2 How do I configure the CVS programs?
- 4A.3 What do I have to install?
- 4A.4 How do I work around the merge problems in GNU diff version 2.1
- or later?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 4A.1 What do I have to do before I install CVS?
-
- 1. You must decide where to set up a Repository.
-
- Though you can construct a Repository tree structure using
- links and mount points, there must be a single copy of each
- real file across your entire organization. You may not "rdist"
- files and expect to edit both copies.
-
- CVS does not support a truly distributed Repository. You can
- have multiple Repositories, but each one must be mounted (not
- copied or "rdist"ed) from a single place onto all machines
- where it will be used.
-
- Initially, a Repository takes about same amount of disk space
- as the sources you want to put into it, plus a bit of overhead
- for the RCS files.
-
- See Section 4B. For multiple Repositories, see 4G.3
-
- 2. You need a directory in everyone's $PATH variable where you can
- install all the executables. /usr/local/bin is a common place.
-
- 3. You need some helper tools besides CVS such as "RCS" and a
- good set of "diff" and "diff3" programs. See 1B.4 for
- suggestions.
-
- 4. Read the README, INSTALL and ChangeLog files to see what you
- are getting into.
-
- 5. Make sure you have versions of all the programs mentioned in
- the "cvs/src/options.h" and "cvs/src/rcs.h" files.
-
- 6. Though you can probably muddle along without it, you should
- appoint one or more "Repository Administrators" who will be
- responsible for maintaining the Repository structure,
- administrative files and the "modules" interface.
-
- Someone at your site should probably be on the info-cvs mailing
- list. See 1B.5.
-
-
- 4A.2 How do I configure the CVS programs?
-
- 1. You should certainly start by reading the README file, the
- INSTALL files and possibly the ChangeLogs in each directory,
- the Makefile.in files and the "cvsinit.sh" program.
-
- 2. Edit the "options.h" file in the "src" directory.
-
- You might need to specify a few site-specific pieces of
- information including the names of a number of functions.
-
- Hint1: You probably want to set the DIFF macro to use your
- version of the GNU diff program with the '-a' option.
- Ours is set to "gdiff -a".
-
- Hint2: You want to use RCS 5.6.0.1 or greater and set the
- "HAVE_RCS5" macro.
-
- 3. Execute the ./configure command.
-
- 4. Type "make".
-
- 5. After running "make" you might try running the "sanity.sh"
- script:
- ./src/sanity.sh `pwd`/src/cvs
-
- It writes into /tmp/cvs-sanity by default.
-
- 6. Finish reading the INSTALL file and test out the system.
-
-
- 4A.3 What do I have to install?
-
- 1. Install the "cvs" executable and "mkmodules" from the CVS
- sources. The man page is useful too. If you plan to report
- bugs, you should also install "cvsbug".
-
- 2. Make sure you have versions of all the programs mentioned in
- the options.h file, most of which are included in a standard
- Unix system.
-
- 3. Unless you plan to reimplement RCS [:-)], you must install RCS.
-
- It is a very good idea to examine the RCS installation
- instructions and make sure you are using the GNU versions of
- "diff" and "diff3" or merges (an important part of CVS) will
- not work as well as you'd like.
-
- 4. Set your $CVSROOT environment variable and create the
- Repository (which you planned out in 4A.1) with the "cvsinit"
- command at the top of the CVS sources.
-
- 5. You'll need to edit the Repository control files created by
- "cvsinit".
-
- 6. Install any helper programs mentioned in the modules file.
-
-
- 4A.4 How do I work around the merge problems in GNU diff version 2.1
- or later?
-
- See 1B.4 If you use recent versions of RCS and "diff", you won't
- run into the above. If you do, see 5B.8
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 4B -- Setting up and Managing the Repository
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 4B.1 What do I do first? How do I create a Repository?
- 4B.2 What are those files in $CVSROOT/CVSROOT?
- 4B.3 Is there any other state stored in the Repository besides in the
- $CVSROOT/CVSROOT directory?
- 4B.4 How do I put sources into the Repository?
- 4B.5 What file permissions should I use on (and in) the Repository?
- 4B.6 How do I structure my Repository?
- 4B.7 Why would anyone use "modules"? They are too restrictive. I
- want to be able to select just the files I want to edit.
- 4B.8 How do I rename a file or directory? What are the consequences?
- 4B.9 What are "Attic" directories?
- 4B.10 Is it OK to remove anything from the Repository?
- 4B.11 Can I convert to CVS from RCS without losing my revision history?
- 4B.12 Can I move RCS files with branches in them into the Repository?
- 4B.13 Can I use raw RCS commands on the Repository?
- 4B.14 How do I convert from SCCS to RCS?
- 4B.15 How do I limit access to the Repository?
- 4B.16 What are the Repository Administrator's responsibilities?
- 4B.17 How do I move the whole Repository?
- 4B.18 How do I change permissions on a file in the Repository by using
- a CVS command? (i.e. without using "chmod 777 $CVSROOT/dir/file")
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
-
- 4B.1 What do I do first? How do I create a Repository?
-
- First, install all the programs. (See Section 4A.)
-
- Then create a Repository by executing "cvsinit", which works only
- from within the head of the CVS source directory. (It needs files
- from the distribution to work.)
-
- If you want a very primitive Repository and don't want to save a
- history log, refer to modules, or use any of the "info" files for
- logging, pre-commit checks, or editing templates, you can dispense
- with "cvsinit" entirely. I would advise executing it.
-
- The cvsinit program will create a short modules file containing
- the module named "CVSROOT". To to your work directory and type:
-
- cvs checkout CVSROOT
-
- Then read the files that are checked out.
-
- You will certainly want to add modules of your own. Edit the
- "modules" file and add lines to describe the items you want to
- "checkout" by module name. Here's a short list that could be
- used for storing a small number of GNU and PD sources:
-
- local local
-
- gnu local/gnu
- emacs local/gnu/emacs
- cvs local/gnu/cvs
-
- public local/public
- pdprog1 local/public/pdprog1
- pdprog2 local/public/pdprog2
-
- test test
- junk test/junk
-
-
- When you are done editing, "commit" the modules file. If you
- configured CVS to use "dbm", you might have to edit and commit the
- modules file twice to change the pathname of the mkmodules program
- in the modules file.
-
- Try using the "import" command to insert the "junk" module
- and play around until you are comfortable.
-
-
-
- 4B.2 What are those files in $CVSROOT/CVSROOT?
-
- There are eight Repository control (or "database") files of
- interest in the CVSROOT directory:
-
- 1. modules contains the "modules" database. See 1D.11, 2C.7,
- 4B.6 and 4B.7 for more details.
-
- 2. commitinfo contains two columns: 1. a regular expression to
- match against pathnames within the Repository and
- 2. a <command> to execute for matching pathnames.
-
- When you execute "commit", CVS passes the
- Repository pathname for each directory (and the
- files to commit within that directory) to
- <command>. If <command> exits with a non-zero
- status, the commit is blocked.
-
- A <command> associated with a pathname of
- "DEFAULT" is executed if nothing else matches.
- Every <command> associated with a pathname of
- "ALL" is executed separately.
-
- 3. rcsinfo contains the same first column as commitinfo, but
- the second column is a template file for
- specifying the log entry you are required to enter
- for each commit.
-
- "DEFAULT" and "ALL" work the same as in the
- commitinfo file.
-
- 4. editinfo contains the same two columns as commitinfo, but
- the <command> in the second column is intended to
- do some consistency checking on the commit log.
-
- "DEFAULT" works as in commitinfo.
-
- 5. loginfo contains the same two columns as commitinfo, but
- the <command> is expected to read a log message
- from its standard input. The <command> can do
- anything it wants with the log information, but
- normally it is appended to a log file or sent to
- mailing lists.
-
- "DEFAULT" & "ALL" work the same as in commitinfo.
-
- 6. cvsignore contains "ignore" patterns that are added to the
- built-in ignore list. See 2D.10.
-
- 7. checkoutlist contains a list of other files kept under RCS in
- $CVSROOT/CVSROOT that should be checked out by
- mkmodules to provide a readable copy.
-
- 8. history contains a stream of text records, one for each
- event that the "history" command is interested
- in. Though the contents of the history file can
- be read, it is intended to be read and displayed
- by the "history" command. This file is the only
- one in the above list that is not under RCS.
-
-
- 4B.3 Is there any other state stored in the Repository besides in the
- $CVSROOT/CVSROOT directory?
-
- Only in the RCS files. The Repository holds exactly two things:
- the tree of RCS files (each usually ending in ",v") and the
- CVSROOT directory described above.
-
-
- 4B.4 How do I put sources into the Repository?
-
- There are three main ways to put files in the Repository:
-
- 1. Use the "import" command described in Section 3H.
-
- This method is the fastest way to put trees of new code into
- the Repository and the *only* way to handle source releases
- from a 3rd party software vendor.
-
- 2. Use "add" followed by "commit".
-
- This is how to add new files and directories to the Repository,
- a few at a time. Directories don't need to be committed.
-
- 3. You can move RCS files directly into the Repository.
-
- You should create a directory hierarchy to hold them, but you
- can just move arbitrary ",v" files into the Repository. The
- only "state" in the Repository other than within ",v" files is
- in the required CVSROOT directory at the top of the Repository.
-
-
- 4B.5 What file permissions should I use on (and in) the Repository?
-
- If you run a completely open environment (which usually means that
- you don't have, or don't want to waste, the time to deal with it):
-
- - Set all directory permissions to 777.
-
- - Have everyone set their umasks to 0.
-
- (BTW, I don't suggest this. I am merely reporting it.)
-
-
- If you are a normal Unix shop and want to use groups effectively:
-
- - Set all the directory permissions in the Repository to 775.
-
- If you are using a system that handles both System V and BSD
- filesystems, you might have to set the permissions to 2775.)
-
- If you are using one of the many recent versions of Unix that
- don't allow you to use the full octal mode, then you'll have
- to type: chmod u=rwx,g=rwx,o=rx,g+s <dir>
-
- - Change all the groups on the directories to match the groups
- you want to write to various directories.
-
- - Make sure every user is in the appropriate groups.
-
- - Have everyone set their umask to 002, including root.
-
-
- If you don't want non-group members to even read the files, do the
- above, but change:
-
- - Repository directory permissions to 770. (or 2770)
-
- - umasks to 007.
-
-
- If you work in an environment where people can't be trusted to
- set their "umask" to something reasonable, you might want to set
- the umask for them:
-
- mv /usr/local/bin/cvs /usr/local/bin/cvs.real
- cat > /usr/local/bin/cvs
- #!/bin/sh
- umask 2 # Or whatever your site standard is.
- exec /usr/local/bin/cvs.real ${1+"$@"}
- ^D
-
-
- 4B.6 How do I structure my Repository?
-
- The Repository holds your software. It can be all interrelated
- or it can be a bunch of separately managed directories.
-
- How you break a whole system down into its component parts, while
- defining interfaces between them, is one aspect of "Software
- Engineering", a discipline that requires the study of dozens of
- strange and wonderful areas of the computer and management worlds.
-
- CVS provides a way to keep track of changes to individual files,
- a way to "tag" collections of files, and a way to "name"
- collections of files and directories. That's all. Everything
- else is in the way you apply it.
-
- In other words, you should structure your Repository to match your
- needs, usually tied in with the other tools you use to build,
- install and distribute your work. Common needs include the
- ability to:
-
- - mount (or automount) directories from many places in your
- organization.
- - check out just what you need and no more.
- - check out multiple sections in a fixed relation to each other.
- - check out large sections to match the assumptions built into
- your build system. (Makefiles?)
-
- In my opinion, you should start small and keep everything in one
- tree, placing each major sub-system into a separate directory.
- Later, when you know what you are doing, you can make it more
- sophisticated.
-
-
- 4B.7 Why would anyone use "modules"? They are too restrictive. I
- want to be able to select just the files I want to edit.
-
- Any form of structure is restrictive. If you believe that total
- chaos is a viable working paradigm, or if you believe you can keep
- track of the interrelations between all portions of your
- Repository in your head, then you can do what you please.
-
- If you believe that systems of files require management and
- structure, then the "modules" idea is very useful. It is a way
- to impose a naming scheme on a tree of files, a naming scheme that
- can be simpler than a large list of relative pathnames.
-
- The "modules" file represents a published interface to the
- Repository set up by your Repository Administrator. If s/he did a
- creditable job, the modules offered will be internally consistent
- and will smoothly interact with the rest of your environment.
-
-
- 4B.8 How do I rename a file or directory? What are the consequences?
-
- In CVS there is no single "rename" command.
-
- See 2C.4 for the suggested way to rename a file or directory.
-
- The rest of this section covers some of the consequences of
- renaming.
-
- A "renaming database" has been proposed that would keep track
- of name changes so that "update -r <tag>" would continue to
- work across the renaming. But as it stands, you have to pick
- one of the following options:
-
- 1. Use the technique described in 2C.4. (For each file, duplicate
- the file in the Repository, "remove" the old version so it
- winds up in the Attic and strip all Tags off the new version.)
-
- - "update -r <tag>" produces the correct files.
-
- - The duplicated revision history can be slightly misleading.
-
- - A plain (i.e. without the "-r <tag>") "checkout" or "update
- -d" will create directories "renamed" this way, but you can
- delete it and a plain "update" won't bring it back.
-
-
- 2. Move the files and directories in the Repository to the new
- names.
-
- - You save the revision history under a different file name.
-
- - You save a little space.
-
- - "update -r <tag>" produces the wrong files or directories.
-
- This is not a good general solution, but if you plan never to
- look back (someone may be gaining on you!), it is sometimes a
- useful notion.
-
- If you are clever with Makefiles, you might be able to rework
- them to handle either the new or old names, depending on
- which ones exist at the time. Then you can move an old <tag>
- onto the new, more sophisticated, revision of the Makefile.
- (Yes, this changes the "released" file if <tag> indicates a
- release. But it is an option.)
-
- - Important Note: If you rename a directory, you must rename
- the corresponding directory in every checked-out working
- directory. At the same time, you must edit the pathname
- stored in the ./CVS/Repository file within each of the moved
- directories.
-
- The easiest way to move a lot of directories around is to
- tell everyone to remove their working directories and check
- them out again from scratch.
-
- - The file exists in the working directory and in the
- ./CVS/Entries file, but not in the Repository. For the old
- file, "update" prints:
-
- cvs update: xyz.c is no longer in the repository
-
- and deletes the file. If the file was modified, "update"
- prints:
-
- cvs update: conflict: xyz.c is modified but
- no longer in the repository
- C xyz.c
-
- and leaves the file alone. In the new directory, you see:
-
- U xyz.c
-
- as you would if someone else executed "add" and "commit".
-
-
- 3. For each file, copy the working file to a new name in the
- working directory and use the "cvs remove" to get rid of the
- old old file and "cvs add" to add the new one. Since there is
- no way for CVS to remove a directory, this only works for files.
-
- - This is what most people think of first. Without a "rename"
- command, the remove/add technique seems obvious.
-
- - You lose the connection of your new working file to its past
- revision history.
-
-
- 4B.9 What are "Attic" directories?
-
- When you use the "remove" command on a file, CVS doesn't delete
- the file, it only registers your desire to delete it.
-
- When you "commit" a removed file, CVS moves the Repository's
- matching RCS file into a sub-directory named "Attic" within the
- Repository.
-
- Attic files are examined when the '-r' or '-D' option is used
- on "checkout" or "update". If the specified revision, tag or
- date matches one on a file in the Attic, that file is checked out
- with the others.
-
- You can think of the Attic as a sort of dead branch, which is only
- looked at when you refer to a <tag> or <date>.
-
-
- 4B.10 Is it OK to remove anything from the Repository?
-
- In general, removing anything from the Repository is a bad idea.
- The information in a deleted object is lost forever. There are
- many ways to skip over files, directories and revisions without
- deleting them.
-
- Here are some of the consequences of removing the following things
- stored in the Repository:
-
- 1. CVSROOT files (Repository control files)
-
- The Repository will work without any of them, but you should
- understand what you are losing by deleting them. See 4B.2.
-
- 2. Revisions
-
- The only way to remove revisions is to use the "admin -o"
- command (or the equivalent RCS command "rcs -o").
-
- They are lost forever. Any tags formerly attached to deleted
- revisions are now pointing into the Phantom Zone. You'll need
- to contact Jor-el to get them back.
-
- 3. Files
-
- You should not remove a file unless you truly never want to see
- it again. If you want to be able to check out an old revision
- of this file, use "cvs remove" instead.
-
- 4. Tags
-
- Tags take up little space and you can't recover from deleting
- them. If you depend on tags for releases you will lose vital
- information.
-
- 5. Directories
-
- There is no Attic for directories, so the only way to remove
- them is to use "rm -r". They are gone forever.
-
- If you delete (or move) a directory, all checked-out versions
- of that directory will cause CVS to halt. You'll have to visit
- each checked-out directory and remove the matching working
- directory by hand.
-
- 6. Attic files
-
- The "remove" command sends files to the Attic. To really
- delete them, you have to go into the Attic and use "rm".
-
- If a file in the Attic has a Tag on it that you might ever want
- to check out again, you probably don't want to delete it.
-
- 7. Lock files (named: "#cvs.[wr]fl.<pid>")
-
- These are lock files. If you are getting "lock" errors and
- the dates on the lock files indicate that they are old, you can
- delete them.
-
- Deleting lock files still in use by a CVS process might produce
- unusual errors.
-
-
- 4B.11 Can I convert to CVS from RCS without losing my revision history?
-
- Yes, you can simply move (or copy) your RCS files into a directory
- within the Repository, check out that directory and start working.
-
-
- 4B.12 Can I move RCS files with branches in them into the Repository?
-
- Yes, but they may not work if you created branches in a way that
- conflicts with CVS's assumptions:
-
- 1. You can't use .0. branches. (They are reserved for "Magic"
- branch tags.)
-
- 2. If you use branch 1.1.1, you can't use the Vendor branch.
-
- You can use other RCS branches under CVS. There is no need to
- create "magic" branch tags because the physical branch already
- exists.
-
-
- 4B.13 Can I use raw RCS commands on the Repository?
-
- You can use raw rcs commands directly on the Repository if you
- take a little care. The Repository itself contains no "CVS state"
- (as opposed to RCS revision histories) outside the CVSROOT
- directory.
-
- But using raw RCS commands to change branches, tags or other
- things that CVS depends on may render the files unusable.
-
- See 4D.7 on RCS/CVS sharing of the Repository and Section 3B on
- the "admin" command.
-
-
- 4B.14 How do I convert from SCCS to RCS?
-
- You'll have to execute something like "sccs2rcs" (in the CVS
- contrib directory) on every file. Then you can move the resulting
- RCS files into the Repository as described above.
-
-
- 4B.15 How do I limit access to the Repository?
-
- There are all sorts of ways to restrict access to Repository
- files, none of which are hooked directly into CVS.
-
- Techniques for limiting access include:
-
- 1. Training, management and good backups.
-
- The best form of Repository control is a combination of:
-
- - A reliable backup scheme (verify it!)
- - Enough training to ensure your developers are competent
- and knowledgeable about all areas of your sources.
- - Effective management of the boundaries and grey areas.
-
- In many cases, technical solutions to "security" problems are
- inadequate. You should first try to avoid them.
-
- Personal Opinion: In an environment where "unknowns" are
- allowed to touch important sources the "owner" of the CVS
- Repository must be a large, loud, vigorous lout with a
- well-balanced truncheon and the right to use it. Don't
- underestimate the effectiveness of letting everyone know they
- will be strapped into the stocks on the Town Common and pelted
- with vegetables if they break something they don't understand
- without first asking the experts.
-
- 2. Set Unix groups and permissions. See 4B.5.
- You can set different owners, groups and permissions for each
- sub-directory within the Repository if that helps.
-
- 3. Catch invocations of "commit" by defining pre-commit programs
- in the "commitinfo" file. This is fairly powerful, since it
- can block commits based on anything you can program. Take a
- look at the programs in the "contrib" directory of the CVS
- source tree.
-
- 4. Use multiple Repositories, each with its own protection scheme.
- If you use NFS (or AFS) you can even use "export" restrictions
- to various groups of machines to keep (for example) the
- Engineering Repository off the Customer Service machines.
-
- 5. Try the "setgid" trick described in 4D.13.
-
- 6. Try to use the RCS access control lists, though I don't
- think CVS will handle them cleanly.
-
- 7. Edit the source code to CVS to add your own access control.
-
-
- 4B.16 What are the Repository Administrator's responsibilities?
-
- Generally, the Administrator should set "policy", create the
- Repository and monitor its size and control files.
-
- Some specific responsibilities include:
-
- 1. Examining the Repository once in a while to clean up:
-
- a. Trash files left by misguided developers who mistake the
- Repository for a working directory.
-
- b. Non-RCS files. Other than the files CVS needs in the
- $CVSROOT/CVSROOT directory, every file in the Repository
- should be an RCS file.
-
- c. Lock files (both CVS '#*' and RCS ',*' files) left around
- after crashes.
-
- d. Wrong permissions, groups and ownerships.
-
- e. Locked files. (RCS locks, that is.)
-
- f. Attic files that should never have been under CVS at all.
- Don't blindly delete files from Attic directories -- they
- were mostly put there (via the "cvs remove") for a reason.
- Files that should be deleted are binary files (e.g. '*.o',
- 'core', executables) that were mistakenly inserted by
- "import -I !".
-
- 2. Maintaining the modules file.
-
- 3. Storing site-specific ignore patterns in the
- $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvsignore file.
-
- 4. Storing the names of non-standard CVSROOT files (See 4B.2) in
- the $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/checkoutlist
-
- 5. Maintaining the other Repository control files: commitinfo,
- loginfo, rcsinfo and editinfo.
-
- 6. Pruning the history file every once in a while. (Try the
- "cln_hist.pl" script in the "contrib" directory.)
-
- 7. Staying aware of developments on the info-cvs mailing list and
- what is available in the FTP and WWW archives.
-
- 8. Running "ps ax" once in a while and kill off any "update"
- programs not running as "root". It is too easy to leave the
- "cvs" off the front of the "cvs update" command.
-
- 9. Executing monitor programs to check the internal consistency of
- the Repository files. Ideas:
-
- a. Files that have a default RCS branch that is not 1.1.1
- (From an abuse of "admin -b".)
-
- b. Files that have only Revisions 1.1 and 1.1.1.1, with a
- default branch of "MAIN". (From an abuse of "admin -o".)
-
- c. Existing branch tags and various branch consistency checks.
-
-
- 4B.17 How do I move the whole Repository?
-
- Copy or move the tree. (On Unix systems, a set of piped "tar"
- commands works great. If the Repository does not contain any
- symlinks, which it normally doesn't, you can also use "cp -r".)
-
- If you can avoid changing $CVSROOT (i.e. the "logical" pathname of
- the Repository) by replacing the old location with a symbolic link
- to the new location, you don't have to do anything else.
-
- (You could also mount the new location on top of the old location
- if you are using NFS or some other filesystem that allows it.)
-
-
- If you must change $CVSROOT, you must also tell everyone to change
- the CVSROOT environment variable in all running shells and in any
- personal configuration files ('.' files on Unix) where it is set.
-
- The Repository itself contains no references to its own name,
- except possibly in some of the files in the CVSROOT directory. If
- your modules (or loginfo, commitinfo, etc.) file mentions helper
- programs directly in the Repository, you'll have to change the
- pathnames to point to the new Repository location.
-
- The main changes you'll have to make are to all the CVS
- administrative files (./CVS/Repository and ./CVS/Root) in every
- working directory ever checked out from the previous location of
- the Repository you just moved.
-
- You have three choices:
-
- 1. If all ./CVS/Repository files in all working directories
- contain relative pathnames, you don't have to do anything else.
-
- 2. Have everyone "release" or delete their working directories
- (after committing, or just saving, their work) and check them
- all out again from the new Repository after the move.
-
- 3. Use "find . ( -name Repository -o -name Root )" and a
- PERL or shell script to run through all the ./CVS/Repository
- and ./CVS/Root files and edit the values in the files.
-
-
- 4B.18 How do I change permissions on a file in the Repository by using
- a CVS command? (i.e. without using "chmod 777 $CVSROOT/dir/file")
-
- When you first "import" or "add"/"commit" a file, the read and
- execute bits on the Repository file are inherited from the
- original source file, while the write bits on the Repository file
- are are turned off. This is a standard RCS action.
-
- After that, there is no way to alter the permissions on a file in
- the Repository using CVS (or RCS) commands. You have to change
- the permissions on both your working file and on the Repository
- file from which it was retrieved.
-
- Whenever you "checkout" the file or retrieve a new revision via
- "update" (or after a "commit"), your working file is set to match
- the permissions of the Repository file, minus any "umask" bits you
- have set.
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 4C -- Branching and Merging
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 4C.1 What is a branch?
- 4C.2 Why (or when) would I want to create a branch?
- 4C.3 How do I create and checkout a branch?
- 4C.4 Once created, how do I manage a branch?
- 4C.5 Are there any extra issues in managing multiple branches?
- 4C.6 How do I merge a whole branch back into the trunk?
-=4C.7 How do I merge changes from the trunk into my branch or between
- branches?
- 4C.8 How do I merge onto the Main Branch a file that exists only on a
- branch other than the Main Branch? (i.e. it is in the Attic)
- 4C.9 How do I know what branch I'm (working) on?
- 4C.10 Do I really have to know the name of the branch I'm working on?
- 4C.11 How do I refer to the revision where I branched so I can see
- what changed since the Branch Point on another branch?
- 4C.12 Why didn't the command "cvs admin -bBRANCH1 *" create a branch?
- 4C.13 Is it possible to set the "default CVS branch" for everyone?
- 4C.14 How do I perform a large merge?
- 4C.15 Is a Vendor merge any different from a branch merge?
- 4C.16 How do I go back to a previous version of the code on a branch?
- 4C.17 Once I've found the files I want, how do I start changing them?
- I keep getting warnings about sticky tags.
- 4C.18 Why do I get the latest files on the branch when I tried to
- "update -r <tag>"?
- 4C.19 How can I avoid a merge? I just want to move the latest revision
- on my working branch directly onto the trunk.
- 4C.20 How to I avoid merge collisions in the RCS $\Log$ data?
- 4C.21 Why should I trust automatic merges?
- 4C.22 How does CVS decide if it can safely perform a merge?
- 4C.23 After resolving merge conflicts in a file, what if I want to keep
- my previous version, and not take any of the branch changes?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 4C.1 What is a branch?
-
- Unfortunately, the word "branch" is an overloaded technical term.
- It is used in too many different ways in three categories. It
- might help to understand some of the issues by going through
- the categories:
-
- 1. How Humans use the word "branch":
-
- Most development starts with everyone working on the same
- software, making changes and heading toward a single goal.
- This is called something like "Main Line Development". Note
- that though many people do main line development on CVS's
- "Main Branch", that is a choice, not a requirement.
-
- After a release or when one or more developers want to go off
- and work on some project for a while, the Software Engineers
- assigned to deal with large software issues generate a "Branch
- in Development" to support the release or project. (Keep in
- mind that a programmer is no more a Software Engineer than a
- carpenter is a Civil Engineer.)
-
- Essentially, the word "branch" implies a way to allow
- simultaneous development on the same files by multiple people.
-
- The above terms are human-oriented. They refer to actions
- that people would like to take. They do *not* imply any
- particular implementation or set of procedures. Branches in
- development can be supported in many different ways.
-
-
- 2. How CVS uses the word "branch":
-
- CVS uses the word "branch" in a number of ways. The two most
- important are:
-
- - The vendor branch holds releases from (normally) an
- outside software vendor. It is implemented using a
- specific RCS branch (i.e. 1.1.1).
-
- - The "Main Branch", which normally holds your "Main Line
- Development", but is defined as the collection of
- revisions you get when you "checkout" something fresh, or
- when you use the '-A' option to "update".
-
- Important Note: The CVS "Main Branch" is *not* the same as
- the RCS concept with the same name. If you are using Vendor
- Branches, files you have never changed are on three branches at
- the same time:
-
- - The RCS 1.1.1 branch.
- - The CVS Vendor branch.
- - The CVS "Main Branch".
-
- The concepts overlap, but they are not equivalent.
-
- In referring to CVS, "branch" can be used in four other ways:
-
- - A CVS working directory satisfies the definition of
- "branch" for a single developer -- you are on a private
- "virtual branch" that does not appear in any of the RCS
- files or the CVS control files.
-
- - The CVS "default branch" is the Repository source for the
- collection of files in your working directory. It is
- *not* the same as the RCS "default branch". Normally the
- CVS default branch is the same as the CVS Main branch. If
- you use the "-r <branch_tag>" option to the "checkout"
- command, you will record a "sticky" tag that changes your
- default branch to the one you checked out.
-
- - A "magic" branch can be a branch that hasn't happened
- yet. It is implemented by a special tag you can check out
- that is not attached to a real RCS branch. When you
- commit a file to a magic branch, the branch becomes real
- (i.e. a physical RCS branch).
-
- - And, of course, CVS uses "branch" to indicate a
- human-oriented "branch in development".
-
- 3. How RCS uses the word "branch":
-
- - The RCS "Main Branch" (Synonym: "The Trunk") contains a
- series of two-part revision numbers separated by a single '.'
- (e.g. 1.2). It is treated specially and is the initial
- default branch. (The default default?)
-
- - The RCS "Default" branch starts out attached to the RCS "Main
- Branch". For RCS purposes, it can be changed to point to any
- branch. Within CVS, you *must*not* alter the RCS default
- branch. It is used to support the CVS idea of a "Main
- Branch" and it must either point to the RCS Main Branch, or
- the Vendor Branch (1.1.1) if you haven't made any changes to
- the file since you executed "import".
-
-
- 4C.2 Why (or when) would I want to create a branch?
-
- Remember that you can think of your working directory as a
- "branch for one". You can consider yourself to be on a branch
- all the time because you can work without interfering with others
- until your project (big or small) is done.
-
- The four major situations when you should create a branch:
-
- 1. When you expect to take a long time or make a large set of
- changes that the merging process will be difficult. Both
- "long" and "large" are defined in your own environment.
-
- 2. When you want to be able to "commit" and "tag" your work
- repeatedly without affecting others.
-
- If you ever think you need Source Control for your own work,
- but don't want your changes to affect others, create a private
- branch. (Put your username in the branch tag, to make it
- obvious that it is private.)
-
- 3. When you need to share code among a group of developers, but
- not the whole development organization working on the files.
-
- Rather than trying to share a working directory, you can move
- onto a branch and share your work with others by "committing"
- your work onto the branch. Developers not working on the
- branch won't see your work unless they switch to your branch or
- explicitly merge your branch into theirs.
-
- 4. When you need to make minor changes to a released system.
-
- Normally a "release" is labeled by a branch tag, allowing later
- work on the released files. If the release is labeled by a
- non-branch tag, it is easy to add a branch tag to a previously
- tagged module with the "rtag" command. If the release is not
- tagged, you made a mistake. Recovery requires identifying all
- revisions involved in the release and adding a tag to them.
-
-
- 4C.3 How do I create and checkout a branch?
-
- Suggested technique:
-
- 1. Attach a non-branch tag to all the revisions you want to
- branch from. (i.e. the branch point revisions)
-
- 2. When you decide you really need a branch, attach a branch tag
- to the same revisions marked by the non-branch tag.
-
- 3. "Checkout" or "update" your working directory onto the branch.
-
-
- A. Suggested procedure when using modules:
-
- 1. cvs rtag <branch_point_tag> module
- 2. cvs rtag -b -r <branch_point_tag> <branch_tag> <module>
- 3. cvs checkout -r <branch_tag> module
-
-
- B. Suggested procedure when using your working directory, which
- contains the revisions of your working files you want to branch
- from:
-
- 1. cvs tag <branch_point_tag>
- 2. cvs rtag -b -r <branch_point_tag> <branch_tag> <module>
- 3. cvs update -r <branch_tag>
-
-
- In each procedure above, Step #1 applies a non-branch tag to all
- the branch point revisions in the module/directory. Though this
- is not strictly necessary, if you don't add a non-branch tag to
- the revisions you branch from, you won't be able to refer to the
- branch point in the future.
-
- Between steps 1 & 2 you may commit changes. The result would be
- same because "rtag -r <oldtag> <newtag>" applies <newtag> to the
- same revision that <oldtag> is attached to. You can use this
- technique to avoid attaching *any* branch tags until you need
- them.
-
- Step B.2 has two corollaries:
-
- 1. If you plan to create the branch tag before committing
- anything in your working directory, you can use "cvs tag -b
- <branch_tag>" instead of the "rtag" command.
-
- 2. The <module> can be a relative path to a directory
- from which your working directory was checked out.
-
- If you have trouble figuring out what <module> to use (or
- pathname to use in its place), you can aim it at whatever
- parent directories you believe will cover all your work.
-
- If you are sure the <branch_tag> is not being used anywhere
- else, you can even aim it at the whole Repository ($CVSROOT),
- if you have to. It might take some extra time, but assuming
- that your <tag> is a unique string and you don't use the '-f'
- option to "rtag -r", "rtag" will only add a <tag> to files in
- which it actually *finds* the earlier <tag>.
-
- In each procedure above, Step #3 may occur any time after step 2.
- Unless you explicitly remove them with "tag -d", a <tag> is
- permanent.
-
-
- The <branch_tag> is an unusual creature. It labels a branch in a
- way that allows you to "checkout" the branch, to "commit" files to
- the end of the branch and to refer to the end of the branch. It
- does not label the base of the branch (the branch point).
-
- There are two obvious ways to choose the <branch_point_tag> and
- <branch_tag> names. But keep in mind that the <branch_tag> is
- typed by any developer who wants to work on the branch -- you
- should make it mean something to them.
-
- Style #1 presumes that the simple version string refers to a set
- of designed, documented or promised features, not to a specific
- set of files. In this case, you tag the branch with the generic
- Version string and assume that whenever you refer to "Version",
- you want the "latest" set of files associated with that Version,
- including all patches. (You can substitute whatever you like for
- "bp_", as long as your <branch_point_tag> is some modification of
- the <branch_tag>.)
-
- <branch_point_tag> Matching <branch_tag>
-
- bp_V1_3 V1_3
- bp_Release2-3-5 Release2-3-5
- bp_Production4_5 Release4_5
-
-
- Style #2 presumes that the simple version string refers to the
- specific set of files used to construct the first release of
- "version". In this case, you tag the branch-point revisions with
- the generic Version string and assume that whenever you refer to
- this Version, you want the original set of released revisions. To
- get the latest patched revisions of the release, you refer to the
- branch tag "latest_<branch_point_tag>". (You can substitute what
- ever you like for "latest_", as long as your <branch_tag> is some
- modification of the <branch_point_tag>.)
-
- <branch_point_tag> Matching <branch_tag>
-
- V1_3 latest_V1_3
- Release2-3-5 latest_Release2-3-5
- Release4_5 latest_Production4_5
-
-
- In both styles you can find out what you had to change since the
- original release of this Version by typing:
-
- cvs diff -r <branch_point_tag> -r <branch_tag>
-
- For Style 1, this is:
-
- cvs diff -r bp_<branch_tag> -r <branch_tag>
-
- For Style 2, this is:
-
- cvs diff -r <branch_point_tag> -r latest_<branch_point_tag>
-
-
- Notes on "being on a branch":
-
- - "update -r <tag>" tells CVS to attach a "sticky tag" to
- working directory (in ./CVS/Tag) and the checked-out files (on
- each line of ./CVS/Entries).
-
- - A "sticky" <tag> (including a <branch_tag>) causes most CVS
- commands to act as if "-r <tag>" were on the command line.
-
- - A "sticky" <branch_tag> indicates that the working directory
- (and working files) are "on the branch".
-
-
- 4C.4 Once created, how do I manage a branch?
-
- The most important thing you should know about managing a branch
- is that the creation of a branch is not a lightweight act. When
- you create a branch, you must also create a set of procedures to
- keep track of it.
-
- Specifically, you must:
-
- - Remember that the branch exists. (This is non-trivial if you
- create a lot of them.)
-
- - Plan when to merge it back into the main line of development.
-
- - Schedule the order that multiple branch merges are to be done.
-
- - If you ever intend to merge branches into each other, instead of
- limiting merges of branch work back into the "main line", you
- must keep careful track of which parts of which branches have
- merged into which other branches.
-
-
- The simplest way to deal with branches is to limit their number,
- "collapse" them back into the main line as quickly as is
- reasonable and forget them. If a group wants to continue working,
- tell them to create another branch off the fully merged main line.
-
- Remember that CVS is just a tool. Over time, it will probably
- handle branching better, requiring less careful attendance.
- But no matter how good it becomes, the whole idea of "branching"
- is a complicated management problem. Don't take it lightly.
-
-
- 4C.5 Are there any extra issues in managing multiple branches?
-
- If you plan to split from the "main line" and merge back after a
- time, the only problem will be scheduling the order of branch
- merges. As each branch is merged, the main line must be rebuilt
- and tested. Merging multiple branches (i.e. "lines of
- development") before building and testing creates more problems
- than you are ready for.
-
- If you plan to collapse some branches into others, then move the
- combined branches back into the main line, you have to be careful
- with the revisions and tags you hand to your "update -j"
- command, but it shouldn't be much trouble.
-
- If you plan to allow every branch to incrementally take the work
- done on other branches, you are creating an almost insurmountable
- bookkeeping problem. Every developer will say "Hey, I can
- handle taking just this little bit," but for the system as a
- whole it is disaster. Try it once and see. If you are forced
- into this situation, you will need to keep track of the beginning
- and end points of every merge ever done. Good Luck.
-
-
- 4C.6 How do I merge a whole branch back into the trunk?
-
- If you don't have a working directory, you can checkout and merge
- in one command:
-
- cvs checkout -j <branch_tag> <module>
- cd <module>
-
- If you already have a working directory:
-
- cd <working_directory>
- cvs update <== Optional, to bring it up to date.
- cvs update -j <branch_tag>
-
- CVS will print lines beginning with
-
- 'U' for files that you hadn't changed, but the branch did.
-
- 'M' for files that you changed and the branch didn't
- *and* for files that you both changed that were merged
- without overlaps. (This overload is unfortunate.)
-
- 'C' for files that you both changed in a way that conflicts
- with each other.
-
- You need to go edit all the 'C' files and clean up the conflicts.
- Then you must commit them.
-
-
-=4C.7 How do I merge changes from the trunk into my branch or between
- branches?
-
- The idea is similar to the above, but since CVS doesn't treat the
- main branch like other branches, you'll have to be more careful.
- There are 5 different ways to look at the problem.
-
- A. The way to merge *all* changes made on the trunk into a working
- branch is to move to the branch you want via "checkout -r" or
- "update -r":
-
- cvs update -r <branch_tag> {optional files}
-
- Then merge the changes from the trunk into your working branch
- using the pseudo-tag named "HEAD":
-
- cvs up -j HEAD {optional files}
-
- You will get everything from the branch point of the branch
- named <branch_tag> up to the HEAD of the main branch. This is
- still kind of strange. If the file is on a branch, HEAD should
- be the latest thing on the branch, not the HEAD of MAIN. But
- that's not the way CVS (currently) works.
-
- If you run "cvs up -j HEAD" again after adding more revisions
- to the trunk, you may get overlaps for the text you have
- already merged. It depends on your version of your RCS "merge"
- command (actually the "co -j" option, which depends on the
- version of "diff3" you configured RCS to use).
-
-
- B. You can merge the difference between any two <tags> using
- two "-j" options on "update" or "checkout".
-
- Identify the two tags on the branch you want to merge from.
-
- cvs update -j <tag1> -j <tag2> {optional files}
-
- This step assumes you were careful about tagging milestones.
- You can use this technique for any two <tags> on the same
- branch, even the trunk. It is also possible to use tags on
- different branches, but you'll have to ponder the meaning of
- the difference between those two tags.
-
- In place of one of the <tags>, you can use a <branch_tag> to
- refer to the latest revision on that branch. See 4C.11 and
- 4C.3 for info on branch points.
-
- Merges can also be performed by handing RCS revisions to the
- '-j' options, but since revision numbers aren't the same in all
- files, merging by number is normally limited to one file. Sets
- of files with the exact same trees of branches and revision
- numbers would work too, but that's a rare situation.
-
-
- C. To "take" revisions from other branches instead of merging
- them, see 4C.19 for an idea.
-
-
- D. A way to gain the effect of merging the main to the branch is
- to merge the branch into the main using the normal
-
- cvs update -A {optional files}
- cvs update -j <branch_tag> {optional files}
- cvs commit
- cvs tag -F -b <same_branch_tag> {optional files}
-
- See part B of 4D.5
-
-
- E. Other oddities.
-
- This also works, but is probably not officially supported:
-
- cvs update -j N {optional files}
-
- where N is a number. This will merge all the changes from the
- branch point up to the highest revision on the main branch
- starting with N. For example, if your highest trunk revision
- is 1.52, you can use this to grab revisions from the trunk:
-
- cvs update -j 1 {optional files}
-
- Another example: Say you have a branch point at rev 1.2 for a
- branch named "BR1" and trunk revisions 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3,
- 3.1, 3.2. Then:
-
- cvs update -j 1 {optional files}
-
- will merge the changes from 1.2 to 1.4
-
- cvs update -j 2 {optional files}
-
- will merge the changes from 1.2 to 2.3
-
- cvs update -j 3 {optional files}
-
- will merge the changes from 1.2 to 3.2, which in this example, is
- equivalent to the use of "-j HEAD" in part A above.
-
- The intuitive (at least to me):
-
- cvs up -j MAIN (or TRUNK) {optional files}
-
- doesn't work. If the trunk (i.e. "main branch") had an
- implicit branch named "MAIN", you could use:
-
- cvs up -j MAIN:10/26 -j MAIN:now {optional files}
-
- and refer to date-stamped revisions on the trunk using the
- <branch_tag>:<date> support that works on other branches.
-
- You might also think you could place an explicit tag on branch
- 1 (or higher) (e.g. MAINHACK:1) and use it in place of the
- implicit "MAIN", but I haven't found the right combination.
-
- [[If you find working techniques, I'll add them here.]]
-
-
- 4C.8 How do I merge onto the Main Branch a file that exists only on a
- branch other than the Main Branch? (i.e. it is in the Attic)
-
- For how such a file can exist, see 3A.2 and 3A.3.
-
- For how to avoid creating such a file, see 3A.5.
-
- Though you might think that the "update -j" command could perform
- the "merge" of a file from the side branch to the Main Branch, it
- isn't (yet) smart enough. Unfortunately, there is no single CVS
- command to do this -- it takes three steps:
-
- 1. To move something onto the Main Branch from the Attic, you have
- to physically move the file from the Attic to the main
- Repository directory associated with your working directory.
-
- It is exactly like resurrecting a removed file. See 3L.4
-
- I use something like this: (csh-like syntax)
-
- set repos = `cat ./CVS/Repository`
- mv $repos/Attic/filename,v $repos/filename,v
-
- (If you use relative paths in your Repository files, that first
- line becomes: set repos = $CVSROOT/`cat ./CVS/Repository`)
-
- 2. Now that the file is physically in the right place within the
- Repository, "update -A" will make it appear in your working
- directory on the Main Branch. Do that now.
-
- 3. You now have a choice. The act of physically moving the file
- has fused together the <branch_tag> branch and the Main Branch
- for this file. You can continue that way, making changes along
- the RCS Main Branch which CVS will (for this type of file only)
- treat as both the Main Branch and the <branch_tag> branch.
-
- The other choice, which I would suggest, is to re-tag the file
- with <branch_tag>, restoring a normal-looking magic branch tag
- to the file:
-
- cvs tag -F -b <branch_tag> <file>
-
-
- After you have done the above, you can run "update -A" or "update
- -r <branch_tag>" to resume whatever you were doing before you
- started this procedure.
-
- Caveat: The final result is a file whose revision tree doesn't
- look like it was ever on any branch but the Main Branch until the
- above "tag -F -b" command was executed. CVS and RCS have no way
- of saving the history of the actions you have just performed.
-
-
- 4C.9 How do I know what branch I'm (working) on?
-
- Type:
- cvs status
-
- and look at the "Sticky Tag" field for each file. If:
-
- 1. The *same* tag is on *every* file in your working tree, *and*
- 2. That tag matches the contents of the ./CVS/Tag file, *and*
- 3. That tag is a branch tag,
-
- then you know what branch you are working on. You can get sticky
- Tag information directly from the ./CVS/Entries file instead of
- "cvs status".
-
- If all the sticky Tags don't agree, then your directory is
- temporarily inconsistent. This is a feature allowing you to make
- changes (or perform merges) to individual files on multiple
- branches without checking out the whole directory.
-
- The sticky Tag on each file in the ./CVS/Entries file (as
- displayed by the "status" command) indicates what branch the
- working file is on. New files are added to the Tag stored
- in ./CVS/Tag.
-
- To force your entire working directory onto the same branch, type:
-
- cvs update -r <branch_tag>
-
-
- 4C.10 Do I really have to know the name of the branch I'm working on?
-
- If a developer can't be relied on to know what branch of
- development to work on, then either the developer's manager
- isn't planning branches properly or the developer has serious
- problems.
-
- I have found that one of the hardest concepts to get across to
- developers (and some managers) is that "a branch in development"
- (as opposed to the use of RCS branches to support some other
- scheme) is a heavyweight act. Every time you create a real branch
- in development, you must spawn a set of managerial procedures and
- a schedule by which you plan to merge each branch into each other
- branch. Unless you plan to keep it simple and collapse (by
- merging and forgetting) branches quickly, they are not to be
- created lightly.
-
- In other words, if you don't regularly attend group meetings in
- which the branch to be worked on is a major topic of discussion,
- then the group is not managing branches properly.
-
- We created a couple major branches a few months ago and even the
- customer service people refer to the "XYZ branch" as a shorthand
- for "continuing development on the XYZ project".
-
-
- 4C.11 How do I refer to the revision where I branched so I can see
- what changed since the Branch Point on another branch?
-
- Given the current <branch_tag> format, there is no direct way to
- refer to the branch point, which is more useful in many ways
- than referring to the branch, which always refers to the latest
- revision on the branch.
-
- When CVS adds a branch tag, it attaches an RCS symbol to a
- non-existent revision number containing the revision number of the
- branch point as a prefix. (See Section 3O, on the "tag" command.)
- RCS can't use the CVS magic branch tag and many of the CVS
- commands can't refer to it.
-
- To be certain of your ability to refer to a branch point, you must
- create a "branch point" tag at the same time as the Branch tag.
- See 4C.3.
-
-
- 4C.12 Why didn't the command "cvs admin -bBRANCH1 *" create a branch?
-
- Because your command creates an RCS branch, not a CVS branch. See
- the above discussion on branches. RCS branches are used to
- support CVS branches, but they are not the same. You can't act as
- if you have direct control over the RCS files.
-
- The "admin" command was placed there as a convenience to allow
- you to execute raw "rcs" commands on the Repository, taking
- advantage of CVS's ability to find the files in the Repository.
-
- But you have to remember that you are using RCS commands on a
- CVS Repository, which is not generally safe unless you know
- exactly what CVS depends on.
-
- For one thing, CVS insists on control of the default branch. It
- is set either to the Main branch or the Vendor branch depending
- on whether you have changed the Vendor's code. If you change
- the default branch, you are monkeying with the internals and
- you will get unexpected results.
-
- To set your "default CVS branch" to BRANCH1, you must use
- "checkout" or "update" with the "-r BRANCH1" option. Then you
- have changed CVS's idea of your "default branch", which has
- little to do with RCS's default branch.
-
-
- 4C.13 Is it possible to set the "default CVS branch" for everyone?
-
- No. It doesn't work that way.
-
- When using CVS, all administrative information (such as what
- branch you checked out) is stored in CVS sub-directories, local to
- the user. There is no global state, other than the description
- and logging files in the $CVSROOT/CVSROOT directory.
-
- You tell "checkout" or "update" what branch you want to check out
- via the "-r <tag>" option. The default is CVS's "Main Branch".
-
- I don't see a problem in *designing* a new way to indicate what
- branch you get by default, instead of the main one, but that's not
- how it currently works.
-
-
- 4C.14 How do I perform a large merge?
-
- Large merges require a bit more planning to be able to track
- what has happened in the inevitable cases where something goes
- wrong. No tool can force a "merge" to make perfect sense.
-
- Though you can handle the details in many different ways, the two
- ends of the spectrum of merge techniques are: gonzo and paranoid.
-
- A. The gonzo method assumes that you know everything about your
- sources so that recovery from failures is "just a matter of
- typing." You created the branch this way:
-
- cvs checkout <module>
- cd <module>
- cvs tag -b <branch_tag>
- cvs update -r <branch_tag>
- >>> Edit away.
- cvs commit <<== Onto branch
-
- Now you want to merge your branch back into the Main branch,
- you are certain you can make it work, or at least detect all
- the failures, so you dive in and hack away: (For simplicity, we
- will assume you are collapsing (i.e. merging and forgetting) a
- side-branch into the Main branch from your single working
- directory.)
-
- cvs update -A
- cvs update -j <branch_tag>
- >>> Edit the 'C' files and remove the overlaps.
- >>> Edit some more to make it all compile and work.
- cvs commit
-
- Looks simple. For more details on the output from the
- "update -j" command, see 3P.2 and 4C.6.
-
- Note: You could also checkout a whole new working directory and
- perform the merge at the same time by replacing the two
- update commands with these two commands:
-
- cvs checkout -j <branch_tag> <module>
- cd <module>
-
-
- B. The paranoid way is more difficult, but it can catch all sorts
- of problems. You created the branch this way:
-
- cvs checkout <module>
- cd <module>
- cvs tag <branch_point_tag>
- cvs tag -b <branch_tag>
- cvs update -r <branch_tag>
- >>> Edit away.
- cvs commit <<== Onto branch
-
- The extra tag command places a non-branch tag on the Branch
- Point, an act that makes it easier to do "diffs" later. Now we
- decide to perform the merge:
-
- cvs tag <latest_on_branch_tag>
- cvs update -A
- *1* cvs diff -r <branch_point_tag> -r <latest_on_branch_tag>
- >>> *1* shows all the changes on the branch.
- *2* cvs diff -r <branch_point_tag> -r HEAD
- >>> *2* shows the changes on the trunk since branching.
- cvs tag <premerge_tag>
- cvs update -j <branch_tag>
- >>> Edit the 'C' files and remove the overlaps.
- *3* cvs diff
- >>> Verify that *3* matches *1*, except for line numbers.
- cvs commit
- cvs tag <just_merge_changes_tag>
- >>> Edit some more to make it all compile and work.
- cvs commit
- cvs tag <after_merge_cleanup_tag>
-
-
- The reason *3* and *1* match so closely is that they are the
- differences between two pairs of starting points and ending points
- after the same data was inserted. If they are significantly
- different, you will want to figure out why.
-
- NOTE: You will have to tell everyone to stay the hell out of the
- Repository while you do this. If they commit something while you
- are in the middle of a merge, your job will be much more
- difficult. If they "update" at the wrong time, their work will
- be randomized until you finish. It's better to call a halt.
-
- See 3H.13 for some more information about dealing with merges
- after import. The last part of the procedure is applicable to any
- large merge.
-
-
- 4C.15 Is a Vendor merge any different from a branch merge?
-
- No. In most ways, a Vendor branch is exactly the same as any
- other branch. In a Vendor merge, the data is append to the branch
- by the "import" command, rather than by hand-editing, but the
- merge process is the same.
-
- See the "import" command in section 3H.
-
-
- 4C.16 How do I go back to a previous version of the code on a branch?
-
- You can avoid digging into RCS revision numbers (executing "update
- -r <rev>" on each file) by trying one of these:
-
- 1. Use non-branch tags as you normally would. Non-branch tags
- attach to specific revisions, so a "tag <tag>" command would
- mark the revisions you have in your working directory, which
- are on your branch. If you need to retrieve them, use "update
- -r <non-branch-tag>"
-
- Doing this overrides the sticky <branch_tag> attached to your
- working directory with a non-branch tag, which means you won't
- be able to commit until you again move forward to the end of
- the branch with "update -r <branch_tag>".
-
- 2. Use the "update -r <branch_tag>:<date>" trick.
-
- This is almost like using the '-D' option, but it looks for
- revisions extant on <date> only along the given branch.
-
- As in #1, you can't commit to this kind of working area,
- because it has a sticky date referring to revisions in the
- middle of a branch.
-
-
- 3. You can branch a branch.
-
- If you add a branch tag to file in a working directory that was
- checked out on a branch, you will branch the branch. This
- works just fine, though you'll have to play some games to merge
- everything back together again. You'll also create 6-part
- revision numbers. (They'll be 8-part revision numbers if you
- branch a branch that started out with some unmodified files on
- the Vendor branch. Think about it. How does revision
- 1.2.4.2.4.2.2.1 grab you?)
-
-
- 4C.17 Once I've found the files I want, how do I start changing them?
- I keep getting warnings about sticky tags.
-
- What you probably did was type "cvs update -r <tag>" where <tag>
- is a non-branch tag. "update" created a sticky tag for a specific
- revision, not a branch. To start working right there, you have to
- create a branch to work on.
-
- You have two choices.
-
- A. You can do it in place and keep working:
-
- cvs tag -b <branch_tag> <<== To tag the current files.
- cvs update -r <branch_tab> <<== To move onto the branch.
-
- B. You can do it "externally" and create a new working directory:
-
- cvs rtag -b -r <tag> <branch_tag> <module>
- cvs checkout -r <branch_tag> <module>
-
- <module> can be a relative path within the Repository.
-
- <tag> in the above is the non-branch tag you placed earlier
- that caused the error in your question. Be warned that
- if <tag> is not set on all the files (or all the right
- revisions) you won't get exactly what you wanted.
-
-
- 4C.18 Why do I get the latest files on the branch when I tried to
- "update -r <tag>"?
-
- If "update -r <tag>" always retrieves the latest files on a
- branch, then <tag> is really a <branch_tag>. A branch tag is
- supposed to be used to grab a branch to work on. Since you can't
- modify a file in the middle of a branch, checking out a
- <branch_tag> will give you the latest revision on the branch.
-
- If you want to "checkout" a specific collection of revisions, you
- must use a "non-branch" tag. See the first part of 4C.16.
-
-
- 4C.19 How can I avoid a merge? I just want to move the latest revision
- on my working branch directly onto the trunk.
-
- There is no direct way to do this using CVS, though the technique
- is not difficult using shell commands. Here's one way:
-
- 1. Move your working directory to the Main Branch.
-
- cvs update -A
-
- 2. Use "update -p" to grab the latest revision on the branch and
- write it over your working files. Make sure you don't have an
- modified files -- you will lose them. The following is in
- "csh" syntax. Change the wildcard to grab the files you want
-
- foreach i (Makefile *.cc *.hh)
- cvs update -p -r <branch_tag> $i > $i
- end
-
- 3. Commit all the working files onto the Main Branch.
-
- cvs commit -m 'Moved branch <branch_tag> onto MAIN'
-
- You should experiment with the above before blasting everything.
-
-
- 4C.20 How to I avoid merge collisions in the RCS $\Log$ data?
-
- In short, you can't. The RCS $\Log$ keyword is handled
- differently from all other RCS keywords.
-
- On the info-cvs mailing list, there is a periodic discussion that
- goes something like this:
-
- Question: How do I deal with $\Log$?
- Answer1: You can't do much with it. Here's how it works. . .
- Answer2: I've found a limited way to use it. . .
- Answer3: Get rid of it. $\Log$ is an abomination.
-
- I tend to lean toward answer #3. There are only two sets of
- people who would ever have access to logs stored within sources
- files, developers and source customers.
-
- For developers:
-
- 1. Log entries within sources files are notoriously incomplete,
- rushed, poorly phrased and in many cases incorrect, making them
- useless for debugging or file maintenance. I remember a maxim
- from "Software Tools" (I believe): "Read the code, not the
- comments." No managerial order or plan for programmer
- discipline will affect this in the real world.
-
- 2. Log entries are usually in an unreadable mixture of styles.
- Many log entries are just plain meaningless. Some are foolish.
- Some are even insulting. Examples:
-
- "Corrected spelling of misspelling."
- "Bug fix."
- "Reversed stupid change in previous revisions."
- "If Joe could do his job, this would already have worked."
-
- 3. Log entries are not managed well by the tools. Any merge can
- cause conflicts in the $\Log$ data. Branch merges produce
- incomplete logs. They can be edited into chaos and they are
- not regenerated. They waste space duplicating information
- available to the developer with a single command.
-
- 4. Even if correct when originally entered, as changes are made to
- the file, log entries become false over time. Humans are not
- good at reading down through a list and remembering only the
- last change affecting something. Over time *most* of the log
- is wrong.
-
- 5. Even if still correct, the log data is almost useless to
- developers without the code diffs. If you can get code diffs,
- you can display the log.
-
-
- For source customers the problem is even worse. The last thing
- you want to show customers is a hodge-podge of tiny comments about
- large changes followed by a series of emergency fixes before
- delivery. If you distribute sources, then you should provide
- documentation, or changelogs reviewed by people who won't let
- comments like "Fixed for stupid customer." out the door.
-
- Conclusion: Though some people would prefer to see in this FAQ
- techniques for making the $\Log$ entries the best they can be, I
- believe them to be a lost cause. My suggestion is to hunt down,
- root out and destroy all occurrences of $\Log$ and the unusable
- data attached to it wherever you may find it.
-
-
- 4C.21 Why should I trust automatic merges?
-
- Some developers have the feeling that three-way merging doesn't
- work. They fear and distrust the way the "update" command
- automatically merges committed changes from the Repository into
- the working file.
-
- Experience has shown that most merges are utterly painless and
- most of the rest are easily resolved. The few conflicts that
- cause headaches are nearly all due to poor communication between
- developers, a problem no source control system can obviate.
-
- Some developers were troubled in the past by flaky Unix software.
- I can't say that everything is perfect, but the tools CVS depends
- on (RCS and diff, mainly) are fairly solid nowadays. They work.
-
- Since it does seem to work for most of us, the algorithm is
- unlikely to change soon. Why not test it on a couple trouble
- spots and if it works for you, use it for a while? Then you can
- make an informed decision.
-
-
- 4C.22 How does CVS decide if it can safely perform a merge?
-
- CVS can merge any text file, possibly discovering a conflict and
- leaving overlaps for you to edit. Editing the conflict markers
- out of the file is a moment's work, but resolving the conflict
- could take an arbitrary amount of time. CVS works to determine if
- it *should* merge, not if it *can*.
-
- See 2B.6 for how the merge proceeds.
-
-
- 4C.23 After resolving merge conflicts in a file, what if I want to keep
- my previous version, and not take any of the branch changes?
-
- If you want to retain your previous version, a version on the
- MAIN branch greater than 1.1 (one you committed there), just throw
- the merged file away and "cvs update" the file.
-
- You don't need to commit something to remember it. The tags you
- place before and after the merge should give all the handles you
- need to find various versions. You don't have to create a new
- version of the file.
-
- If you want to retain the previous Vendor revision, you can grab a
- copy of it using "cvs update -p" and commit it or use the
- technique described in 3B.3 to revert back to the Vendor branch.
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 4D -- Tricks of the Trade
-----------------
-
-This section covers topics ranging from simple ideas that occur to every
-CVS user to time-saving procedures I consider difficult to understand.
-
-Some are therefore dangerous. Avoid anything you don't fully understand.
-
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 4D.1 How can you even check in binary files, let alone allow CVS to
- do its auto-merge trick on them?
- 4D.2 Can I edit the RCS (",v") files in the Repository?
- 4D.3 Can I edit the ./CVS/{Entries,Repository,Tag} files?
- 4D.4 Someone executed "admin -o" and removed revisions to which
- tags/symbols were attached. How do I fix them?
- 4D.5 How do I move or rename a magic branch tag?
- 4D.6 Can I use RCS locally to record my changes without making them
- globally visible by committing them?
- 4D.7 How can I allow access to the Repository by both CVS and RCS?
- 4D.8 I "updated" a file my friend, "bubba", committed yesterday.
- Why doesn't the file now have a modified date of yesterday?
- 4D.9 While in the middle of a large "commit", how do I run other
- commands, like "diff" or "stat" without seeing lock errors?
- 4D.10 Where did the ./CVS/Entries.Static file come from? What is it for?
- 4D.11 Why did I get the wrong Repository in the loginfo message?
- 4D.12 How do I run CVS setuid so I can only allow access through the
- CVS program itself?
- 4D.13 How about using groups and setgid() then?
- 4D.14 How do I use the "commitinfo" file?
- 4D.15 How do I use the "loginfo" files?
- 4D.16 How can I keep people with restrictive umask values from blocking
- access to the Repository?
- 4D.17 Why do timestamps sometimes get set to the date of the revision,
- sometimes not? The inconsistency causes unnecessary recompiles.
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 4D.1 How can you even check in binary files, let alone allow CVS to
- do its auto-merge trick on them?
-
- If you configure RCS and CVS to use the GNU version of diff with
- the '-a' option, CVS and RCS will handle binary files. See
- section 4A for configuration info.
-
- You may also need to apply the '-ko' flag to the files to avoid
- expanding RCS keywords, which can be done via:
-
- cvs admin -ko filename
-
-
- The only real problem occurs when "cvs update" attempts to merge
- binary revisions committed elsewhere into a modified working file.
- This can be a particular problem if you are trying to use CVS on
- Frame or Interleaf (document processing systems) that produce
- non-text output.
-
- See 3C.8 for a way to serialize access to binary files.
- See 3A.8 for adding binary files, 3H.4 for importing binary files
- and 3B.4 for some more information about "admin".
-
-
- 4D.2 Can I edit the RCS (",v") files in the Repository?
-
- Yes, but be very careful. The RCS files are not free-form files,
- they have a structure that is easily broken by hand-editing. The
- only time I would suggest doing this is to recover from emergency
- failures that are difficult to deal with using CVS commands,
- including the "admin" command, which can talk directly to RCS.
-
- Though no one actively encourages the editing of RCS files, many
- people have succumbed to the urge to do so when pressed for time.
- The reasons given, usually with evident contrition, include:
-
- - Editing mistakes in, or adding text to, log entries. (If you
- have RCS 5.6 or later, you should use `cvs admin -m'.)
- - Renaming or moving symbolic names. (You should `cvs admin -N'
- instead.)
- - Unlocking a file by changing the "locker" from someone else to
- yourself. (It's safer to use `cvs admin -u -l'.)
- - Making global changes to past history. Example: Eradicating
- former employees names from old documents and Author entries.
- (And someone thought the "history" command was evidence of Big
- Brother! I never realized how much help a wide-open revision
- control system could have provided to The Ministry of Truth.)
-
-
- 4D.3 Can I edit the ./CVS/{Entries,Repository,Tag} files?
-
- Yes, but with CVS 1.3 and later, there is almost no reason to edit
- any of the CVS administrative files.
-
- If you move pieces of your Repository around it can be faster to
- edit all the ./CVS/Repository files rather than checking out a
- large tree. But that is nearly the only reason to do so.
-
-
- 4D.4 Someone executed "admin -o" and removed revisions to which
- tags/symbols were attached. How do I fix them?
-
- It depends on what you mean by "fix". I can think of three ways
- to fix your predicament:
-
-
- 1. Remove the tags.
-
- Assuming you really wanted to get rid of the revision and its
- associated tags, you can remove them with the "admin" command.
- The "tag -d" command will only remove tags attached to existing
- revisions. You can remove a tag, even if it is attached to a
- non-existent revision, by typing:
-
- cvs admin -N<tag> <file>
-
- 2. Retrieve the outdated revision.
-
- You should first look in your backup system for recent versions
- of the file. If you can't use them, you can carefully extract
- each revision that followed the earliest outdated revision
- using RCS (or "cvs admin") commands and reconstruct the file
- with all the right revisions, branches and tags. This is a lot
- of work.
-
- You *can't* insert a revision into the current RCS file.
-
- 3. Move the Tags to another revision in each file.
-
- If you want to move the tags to another valid revision, you
- have two choices, both of which require that you find all the
- revision numbers of the files you want to "tag" and execute the
- following command sequences on each <file>.
-
- a. Use "update" to grab the revision you want, then
- execute a normal "tag" command to Tag that revision:
-
- cvs update -r <rev> <file>
- cvs tag <tag> <file>
-
- b. Use "admin" to set the tag to a specific revision:
-
- cvs admin -N<tag>:<rev> <file>
-
-
- 4D.5 How do I move or rename a magic branch tag?
-
- (To rename a non-branch <tag> see 3O.9.)
-
- Before reading this, read 3M.3 and 3M.4 and understand exactly
- how tag and rtag use '-r' and why it won't do the right job here.
-
- A. First, I have to explain exactly what a magic branch tag is.
-
- A magic <branch_tag> is an artificial tag attached to a
- non-existent revision on a non-existent branch number zero. It
- looks like this:
-
- TAG1:<X>.0.Y
-
- <X> is the "branch point revision", a normal revision with an
- odd number of '.'s in it. (e.g. 1.5, 1.3.1.6, etc)
-
- Y is an even number (e.g. 2, 4, 6, etc.) All CVS branches,
- other than the Vendor branch, are even numbered.
-
- TAG1 is considered by CVS to be attached to revision <X>. The
- first "update -r TAG1 <file>" after applying TAG1 will produce
- a copy of revision <X> with a sticky tag of TAG1. The first
- "commit" to that file will cause CVS to construct an RCS branch
- named <X>.Y and check in revision <X>.Y.1 on the new branch.
-
- Note: TAG1 is *not* considered to be attached to <X> by RCS,
- which explains why you can't refer directly to the branch point
- revision for some CVS commands.
-
-
- B. Moving a magic <branch_tag> is the act of reapplying the same
- tag to different revisions in the file:
-
- TAG1:<X>.0.Y
- to
- TAG1:<X>.0.Z or TAG1:<A>.0.B
-
- You can move a magic branch tag to the revisions of your choice
- by using "update" to find the revisions you want to tag and
- reapplying the tag to all the files with the '-F' option to
- force it to move the existing <branch_tag>.
-
- cvs update -r <tag/rev> (or '-A' for the Main Branch)
- cvs tag -F -b <branch_tag>
-
- If the earlier location of TAG1 refers to a physical branch
- within any RCS file, moving it will make the existing branch in
- the file seem to disappear from CVS's view. This is not a good
- idea unless you really want to forget the existence of those
- RCS branches.
-
- If the "update" above retrieves the original branch point
- revision (<X>), the "tag" command above will create the tag:
-
- TAG1:<X>.0.Z
-
- Where Z is 2 greater than the highest magic branch already on
- revision <X>. The TAG1 branch will still have the same branch
- point (i.e. revision <X>), but the first commit to the new TAG1
- branch will create a different RCS branch number (<X>.Z instead
- of <X>.Y).
-
-
- C. Renaming a magic <branch_tag> is the act of changing
-
- TAG1:<X>.0.Y
- to
- TAG2:<X>.0.Y
-
- There is no harm in changing a tag name as long as you forget
- that TAG1 ever existed and you clean up any working directories
- with sticky TAG1 tags on them by using "update -A", "update -r
- <other_tag>" or by removing the working directories.
-
- On the other hand, actually changing the tag is not easy.
-
- See 3M.3 for why the seemingly obvious solution won't work:
-
- cvs tag -b -r <old_branch_tag> <new_branch_tag>
-
- The only direct way to rename a magic tag is to use the "admin"
- command on each file: (You might want to use '-n'. Read "man
- rcs" and look at the '-n' and '-N' options.)
-
- cvs admin -N<new_branch_tag>:<old_branch_tag> .
- cvs tag -d <old_branch_tag>
-
- But you have to be careful because "admin" is different from
- other CVS commands:
-
- 1. "admin" can be used recursively, but only by specifying
- directory names in its argument list (e.g. '.'),
-
- 2. Where "rtag -r <old_branch_tag>" would interpret
- <old_branch_tag> as a magic CVS branch tag, "admin" is a
- direct interface to RCS which sees a magic branch tag as
- a simple (though non-existent) RCS revision number.
-
- This is good for us in this particular case, but different
- from normal CVS.
-
- 3. "admin" also skips the Attic and produces different kinds
- of errors than CVS usually does. (Because they are coming
- directly from RCS.)
-
-
- The other way to rename a magic <branch_tag> is to edit the
- Repository files with a script of some kind. I've done it in
- the past, but I'll leave it as an exercise for the reader.
-
-
- 4D.6 Can I use RCS locally to record my changes without making them
- globally visible by committing them?
-
- You can, but it will probably confuse CVS to have ",v" files in
- your working directory. And you will lose all your log entries
- when you finally commit it.
-
- Your best bet is to create your own CVS branch and work there.
- You can commit as many revisions as you want, then merge it back
- into the main line (or parent branch) when you are finished.
-
-
- 4D.7 How can I allow access to the Repository by both CVS and RCS?
-
- The first step is to try not to. If some people are using CVS,
- there is no reason for everyone not to. It is not hard to learn
- the basics and CVS makes certain operations *easier* than a series
- of RCS commands. Personal preference in what software tools can
- be applied to a shared Repository has to take second place to
- system integration needs. If you disagree, try writing some Lisp
- code for inclusion in your Unix kernel and see what kind of
- reception you get.
-
- If you really must allow routine RCS access to the CVS Repository,
- you can link an RCS sub-directory into a piece of the Repository:
-
- ln -s /Repository/some/directory/I/want RCS
-
- and RCS will work just fine.
-
-
- Those who are using RCS will have to keep the following in mind:
-
- 1. If a file was originally added to the Repository by "import"
- and has not been changed using CVS, the *RCS* default branch
- will remain attached to the Vendor branch, causing revisions
- checked-in by "ci" to wind up on the Vendor branch, instead of
- the main branch. Only CVS moves the RCS default branch on
- first commit.
-
- The way around this is to checkin (using "ci") all the files
- first and move them into the Repository. That way they won't
- have Vendor branches. Then RCS will work OK.
-
- 2. It is possible to use "rcs" and "ci" to make the files unusable
- by CVS. The same is true of the CVS "admin" command.
-
- 3. Normal RCS practice locks a file on checkout with "co -l". In
- such an environment, RCS users should plan to keep survival
- gear and food for at least 30 days near their desks. When
- faced with bizarre and unexpected permission errors, howling
- mobs of slavering CVS users will run the RCS users out of town
- with pitchforks and machetes.
-
- See 3C.8 for a way to avoid machetes aroused by lock collisions.
-
- 4. Though files checked in by RCS users will correctly cause
- "up-to-date" failures during CVS "commits" and they will be
- auto-merged into CVS working directories during "update", the
- opposite won't happen.
-
- RCS users will get no warning and will not be required to merge
- older work into their code. They can easily checkin an old
- file on top of a new revision added by CVS, discarding work
- committed earlier by CVS users.
-
- See the howling mob scenario described above.
-
-
- RCS is great. I have used it for years. But I wouldn't mix it
- this way. In a two-camp society, you are asking for real trouble,
- both in technical hassles to clean up and in political hassles to
- soothe. Branch merges will also be a major problem.
-
-
- 4D.8 I "updated" a file my friend, "bubba", committed yesterday.
- Why doesn't the file now have a modified date of yesterday?
-
- CVS restores dates from the RCS files only on first "checkout".
- After that, it is more important to maintain a timestamp relative
- to the other files in the working directory.
-
- Example: You committed a source file at 5PM. Bubba updated his
- copy of the file, grabbing your changes, then changed and
- committed a new revision of the file at 6PM. At 7PM, you compile
- your file. Then you execute "update". If CVS sets the date to
- the one in the RCS file, the file would be given a timestamp of
- 6PM and your Makefile wouldn't rebuild anything that depended on
- it. Bad news.
-
- Note that the same logic applies to retrieving a revision out of
- the Repository to replace a deleted file. If CVS changes your
- file in an existing working directory, whether it was because a
- new revision was committed by someone else or because you deleted
- your working file, the timestamp on the retrieved working file
- *must* be set to the current time.
-
- When you first retrieve a file, there is no reason to expect any
- particular timestamp on the file within your working area. But
- later, when dependency checking is performed during a build, it is
- more important for the timestamps on the local files to be
- consistent with each other than than it is for working files to
- match the timestamps on the files in the Repository.
- See 4D.17 for some more about timestamps.
-
-
- 4D.9 While in the middle of a large "commit", how do I run other
- commands, like "diff" or "stat" without seeing lock errors?
-
- Type:
- cvs -n <command>
-
-
- The '-n' option to the main cvs command turns off lock checking, a
- reasonable act for read-only commands given the promise offered by
- '-n' not to alter anything. The "diff", "log" and "stat" commands
- provide the same information (for files that are not being
- committed) when used with and without the '-n' option.
-
- Warning: Ignoring locks can produce inconsistent information
- across a collection of files if you are looking at the revisions
- affected by an active commit. Be careful when creating "patches"
- from the output of "cvs -n diff". If you are looking only at your
- working files, tagged revisions, and BASE revisions (revisions
- whose numbers are read from your ./CVS/Entries files), you should
- get consistent results. Of course, if you catch a single file in
- the middle of RCS activity, you might get some strange errors.
-
- Note that the suggested command is "cvs -n <command>". The
- visually similar command "cvs <command> -n" has no relation to the
- suggested usage and has an entirely different meaning for each
- command.
-
- "cvs -n update" also works in the middle of a commit, providing
- slightly different information from a plain "cvs update". But, of
- course, it also avoids modifying anything.
-
- You could also use the RCS functions, "rlog" and "rcsdiff" to
- display some of the information by referring directly to the
- Repository files.
-
- You need RCS version 5 or later for the commands described above
- to work reliably.
-
-
- 4D.10 Where did the ./CVS/Entries.Static file come from? What is it for?
-
- Each CVS working directory contains a ./CVS/Entries file listing
- the files managed by CVS in that working directory. Normally, if
- the "update" command finds a file in the Repository that is not in
- the ./CVS/Entries file, "update" copies the appropriate revision
- of the "new" file out of the Repository and adds the filename to
- the Entries file. This happens for files:
-
- 1. Added to the Repository from another working directory.
- 2. Dragged out of the Attic when switching branches with
- "update -A" or "update -r".
- 3. Whose names were deleted from the ./CVS/Entries file.
-
- If the ./CVS/Entries.Static file exists, CVS will only bring out
- revisions of files that are contained in either ./CVS/Entries or
- ./CVS/Entries.Static. If a Repository file is found in *neither*
- file, it is ignored.
-
- The ./CVS/Entries.Static file is created when you check out an
- individual file or a module that creates working directories that
- don't contain all files in the corresponding Repository directory.
- In those cases, without an ./CVS/Entries.Static file, a simple
- "update" would bring more files out of the Repository than the
- original "checkout" wanted.
-
- The ./CVS/Entries.Static file can be removed by hand. It is
- automatically removed if you run "update -d" to create new
- directories (even if no new directories are created).
- (Internally, since "checkout" turns on the '-d' flag and calls the
- "update" routine, a "checkout" of a module or directory that
- writes into an existing directory will also remove the
- ./CVS/Entries.Static file.)
-
-
- 4D.11 Why did I get the wrong Repository in the loginfo message?
-
- You probably:
-
- 1. Use multiple Repositories.
-
- 2. Configured CVS to use absolute pathnames in the
- ./CVS/Repository file.
-
- 3. Configured CVS not to use the ./CVS/Root file.
-
- 4. Typed the "commit" command in one Repository with your
- $CVSROOT pointing at another.
-
- "commit" and all other CVS commands will heed an absolute pathname
- in the ./CVS/Repository file (or in the "-d CVSrootdir" override),
- but the log function doesn't take arguments -- it just looks at
- $CVSROOT.
-
- If you avoid even one of the four steps above, you won't see this
- problem. If you configure ./CVS/Root, you won't be allowed to
- execute the program causing the error.
-
-
- 4D.12 How do I run CVS setuid so I can only allow access through the
- CVS program itself?
-
- Setuid to root is not a great idea. Any program that modifies
- files and is used by a widely distributed group of users is not a
- good candidate for a setuid program. (The worst suggestion I've
- ever heard was to make *Emacs* setuid to root.)
-
- Root access on Unix is too powerful. Also, it might not work in
- some (secure?) environments.
-
- Running it setuid to some user other than root might work, if you
- add this line to main.c near the beginning:
-
- setuid(geteuid());
-
- Otherwise it uses *your* access rights, rather than the effective
- uid's.
-
- Also, you have to invent a fake user whose name will show up in
- various places. But many sites, especially those who might want a
- setuid CVS for "security", want personal accountability -- no
- generic accounts. I don't know whether accountability outweighs
- file security.
-
- And finally, unless you take action to limit the "admin"
- command, you are leaving yourself unprotected anyway.
-
-
- 4D.13 How about using groups and setgid() then?
-
- Here is a way to run CVS setgid in some environments:
-
- 0. Stick this near the front of the main() in main.c:
-
- setgid(getegid());
-
- This will allow "access" to work on systems where it
- only works on the real gid.
-
- 1. Create a group named "cvsg". (This example uses "cvsg". You
- can name it as you wish.)
-
- 2. Put *no* users in the "cvsg" group. You can put Repository
- administrators in this group if you want to.
-
- 3. Set the cvs executable to setgid (not setuid):
-
- cd /usr/local/bin; chown root.cvsg cvs; chmod 2755 cvs
-
- 4. Make sure every file in the Repository is in group "cvsg":
-
- chown -R root.cvsg $CVSROOT
-
- 5. Change all directory permissions to 770. This allows all
- access to the files by the "cvsg" group (which has no members!)
- and no access at all to anyone else.
-
- find $CVSROOT -type d -exec chmod 2770 {} \;
-
- On some systems you might have to type:
-
- find $CVSROOT -type d -exec chmod u=rwx,g=rwx,o=,g+s {} \;
-
- This should allow only the cvs program (or other "setgid to group
- cvsg") programs to write into the area, but no one else. Yes the
- user winds up owning the file, but s/he can't find it again later
- since s/he can't traverse the tree. (If you enable the world
- execute bit (mode 2771) on directories, users can traverse the
- tree and the user who last wrote the file can still write to it.)
-
- If you want to allow read access, check out an entire tree
- somewhere. You have to do this anyway to build it.
-
- Note: If you are using a stupid file system that can't inherit
- file groups from the parent directory (even with the "setgid"
- (Octal 2000) bit set), you might have to modify CVS (or RCS) to
- reset the group every time you create a new file. I have not
- tested this.
-
- The setgid() method shares with the setuid() method the problem of
- keeping "admin" from breaking things.
-
-
- 4D.14 How do I use the "commitinfo" file?
-
- Go read 4B.2 first.
-
- The "commitinfo" file allows you to execute "sanity check"
- functions before allowing a commit. If any function called from
- within the commitinfo file exits with a non-zero status, the
- commit is denied.
-
- To fill out a "commitinfo" file, ask yourself (and those sharing
- your Repository) these questions:
-
- - Is there anything you want to check or change before someone is
- allowed to commit a file? If not, forget commitinfo.
-
- If you want to serialize binary files, you might consider
- something like the rcslock.pl program in the contrib directory
- of the CVS sources.
-
- - Do you want to execute the same exact thing before committing to
- every file in the Repository? (This is useful if you want to
- program the restrictions yourself.) If so, set up a single line
- in the commitinfo:
-
- DEFAULT /absolute/path/to/program
-
- CVS executes the program once for each directory that "commit"
- traverses, passing as arguments the directory and the files to
- be committed within that directory.
-
- Write your program accordingly. Some examples exist in the
- contrib directory.
-
- - Do you want a different kind of sanity check performed for
- different directories? If so, you'll have to decide what to do
- for all directories and enter lines like this:
-
- regexp1 /absolute/path/to/program-for-regexp1
- regexp2 /absolute/path/to/program-for-regexp2
- DEFAULT /absolute/path/to/program-for-all-else
-
-
- - Is there anything you want to happen before *all* commits, in
- addition to other pattern matches? If so, include a line like
- this:
-
- ALL /absolute/path/to/program
-
- It is executed independently of all the above. And it's
- repeatable -- you can have as many ALL lines as you like.
-
-
- 4D.15 How do I use the "loginfo" files?
-
- See 4B.2 and the "commitinfo" question above.
-
- The "loginfo" file has the same format as the "commitinfo"
- file, but its function is different. Where the "commitinfo"
- information is used before a commit, the "loginfo" file is used
- after a commit.
-
- All the commands in the "loginfo" file should read data from
- standard input, then either append it to a file or send a message
- to a mailing list. If you want to make it simple, you can put
- shell (the shell used by "popen(3)") command lines directly in the
- "loginfo" (or "commitinfo") file. These seem to work:
-
- ^special /usr/ucb/Mail -s %s special-mailing-list
- ^other /usr/ucb/Mail -s %s other-mailing-list
- DEFAULT (echo '===='; echo %s; cat) > /path/name/to/log/file
-
-
- 4D.16 How can I keep people with restrictive umask values from blocking
- access to the Repository?
-
- If a user creates a new file with restricted permissions
- (e.g. 0600), and commits it, the Repository will have a file in it
- that is unreadable by everyone. The 0600 example would be
- unreadable by *anyone* but root and the user who created it.
-
- There are 3 solutions to this:
-
- 0. Let it happen. This is a valid way to protect things. If
- everyone is working alone, a umask of 077 is OK. If everyone
- is working only in small groups, a umask of 007 is OK.
-
- 1. Train your users not to create such things if you expect to
- share them.
-
- 2. See 4B.5 for a small script that will reset the umask.
-
- I personally don't like the idea of a program automatically
- *loosening* security. It would be better for you all to talk
- about the issue and decide how to work together.
-
-
- 4D.17 Why do timestamps sometimes get set to the date of the revision,
- sometimes not? The inconsistency causes unnecessary recompiles.
-
- The "checkout" command normally sets the timestamp of a working
- file to match the timestamp stored on the revision in the
- Repository's RCS file.
-
- The "commit" command retains the timestamp of the file, if the
- act of checking it in didn't change it (by expanding keywords).
-
- The "update" command sets the time to the revision time the first
- time it sees the file. After that, it sets the time of the file
- to the current time. See 4D.8 for a reason why.
-
- Here's a two-line PERL program to set timestamps on files based on
- other timestamps. I've found this program useful. When you are
- certain you don't want a source file to be recompiled, you can set
- its timestamp to the stamp on the object file.
-
- #!/usr/local/bin/perl
- #
- # Set timestamp of args 2nd-Last to that of the first arg.
- #
- ($dev,$ino,$mode,$nlink,$uid,$gid,$rdev,$size,$atime,$mtime,$ctime)
- = stat(shift);
- utime($atime,$mtime,@ARGV);
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 4E -- Internal errors
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 4E.1 Explain: "ci error: unexpected EOF in diff output"
- 4E.2 Explain: "RCS file /Repository/module/file.c,v is in use"
- 4E.3 Explain: "co error, line 2: Missing access list"
- 4E.4 Explain: "error: RCS file name `xyz .c' contains white space"
- 4E.5 Explain: cvs checkout: warning: <X> is not (any longer) pertinent
- 4E.6 Why did a Repository file change from <file>,v to ,<file>,?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 4E.1 Explain: "ci error: unexpected EOF in diff output"
-
- RCS versions earlier than 5.5 print the above error when a file
- does not end in a newline character. It can be caused by:
-
- - Editing with Emacs and not using "require-final-newline".
- - Committing a binary file.
- - Filesystem failures (NFS!) that put nulls in your file.
-
- The solution is to upgrade to RCS 5.5 or later. (Of course, this
- won't fix filesystem failures. It will merely allow RCS (and
- therefore CVS) to handle the file without error.)
-
-
- 4E.2 Explain: "RCS file /Repository/module/file.c,v is in use"
-
- This is an RCS error that occurs when its internal lock file has
- been left around by an RCS command interrupted by some sort of
- system crash, disk failure or SIGKILL signal.
-
- Go into the Repository and look for files with names similar to
- "file.c,v", usually starting with ',', '_' or '#'. Make
- sure they are really crash remnants and do not belong to
- transactions in progress -- a recent last-modified timestamp
- is a good indicator of a live transaction. Delete them if they
- are old.
-
-
- 4E.3 Explain: "co error, line 2: Missing access list"
-
- This is an error message from RCS Version 3 when it tries to read
- a file created by a later version of RCS.
-
- HP decided to "standardize" on an ancient version of RCS some time
- ago. You can't use it for CVS. See 4H.6.
-
- Since the error comes from having a later version of RCS than HP
- supports, you probably did install the later version but must have
- recently changed your $PATH or installed the HP package that has
- RCS in it.
-
- You should either reconfigure CVS to use absolute pathnames to the
- proper versions of the RCS programs that CVS uses, or change your
- PATH to look there first. If you haven't installed the latest
- version of RCS, you should upgrade. See 1B.4
-
-
- 4E.4 Explain: "error: RCS file name `xyz .c' contains white space"
-
- RCS 5.6 doesn't allow white space in filenames. Apparently this
- restriction will be removed in RCS 5.7, but CVS may still require
- that filenames have no white space in them.
-
-
- 4E.5 Explain: cvs checkout: warning: <X> is not (any longer) pertinent
-
- This message occurs in three instances:
-
- 1. When there is an entry in the ./CVS/Entries for file <X> and
- there is no RCS file in the Repository to back it up.
-
- If the working file exists, and hasn't changed (determined from
- the timestamp) it is removed.
-
-
- 2. When you try to check out a piece of the Repository with:
-
- cvs checkout some/place/in/repository/tree
-
- and at least the first element of the path (i.e. "some" in the
- above) exists, but some part of the rest of it does not.
-
- The checkout command checks the modules file first for the
- whole path, then for a prefix of the path as a module name. If
- it doesn't find *any* portion of your path in the modules file,
- it says:
-
- cvs checkout: cannot find module `<module/path>' - ignored
-
- If it finds some set of prefix directories, it prints the
- message you see.
-
- In practice this is usually a spelling error.
-
- 3. If the Repository files you are trying to check out or update
- are not readable by you, the same problems can occur.
- Check the permissions on the files involved.
-
-
-
- 4E.6 Why did a Repository file change from <file>,v to ,<file>,?
-
- This is an RCS problem, since the ,<file>, syntax for file names
- is used by RCS and not CVS.
-
- RCS constructs a new <file>,v in a temporary file named ,<file>,
- (which doubles as a lock file) then renames it to <file>,v when it
- is done. The only way this is reliable is if your system's
- version of rename(2) is an atomic, as required by POSIX.
-
- If your system has a non-atomic (and therefore non-POSIX)
- rename(2) system call, RCS runs uses an internal version of this
- algorithm to approximate the atomic rename:
-
- rm <file>,v; ln ,<file>, <file>,v; rm ,<file>,
-
- If the system crashes, or you lose your NFS connection between the
- first "rm", but before the "ln", you can be left only with the
- ,<file>, file. If the crash or network failure occurs between the
- "ln" and the final "rm", you could be left with a pair of linked
- names.
-
- Recovery:
- - If only the ,<file>, exists, rename it to <file>,v.
-
- - If both ,<file>, and <file>,v exist and are linked, remove the
- ,<file>, file.
-
- - If both ,<file>, and <file>,v exist and are separate files, look
- at the dates, "diff" them and make your best guess. This sounds
- like the remnants of two separate events.
-
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 4F -- Related Software
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 4F.1 How do I use CVS under Emacs? Is there an Emacs cvs-mode?
- 4F.2 What is GIC (Graphical Interface to CVS)?
- 4F.3 What is CAVEMAN?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
-This section covers a small handful of subsystems that connect to CVS in
-some way. Most are "front ends" in that they offer a different user
-interface to CVS, but use CVS to perform the normal tasks.
-
- NOTE: The short summaries below combine details culled from public
- announcements of the listed software with the personal opinions of
- the author of the FAQ entry.
-
- 4F.1 How do I use CVS under Emacs? Is there an Emacs cvs-mode?
-
- The pcl-cvs package distributed with CVS is an emacs package that
- helps with the update/commit process. When you are ready to
- update, you use the 'cvs-update' command within emacs. This
- executes "update" and fills a cvs-mode buffer with a line for each
- file that changed. The most helpful features are: descriptive
- words for what happened (i.e. Merged or Conflict rather than 'U'
- or 'C'), single keys bound to diffs and commits, and the ability
- to mark arbitrary groups of files, possibly from different
- directories, for commit as a whole.
-
- All the developers in my group that use emacs find pcl-cvs a much
- friendlier and more helpful way to update/commit than raw cvs.
- One vi user even converted to emacs just to use pcl-cvs.
-
- Contributed by Jeffrey M Loomis
-
- 4F.2 What is GIC (Graphical Interface to CVS)?
-
- GIC provides a graphical user interface to the Concurrent Version
- System (CVS), a powerful revision control system. GIC is
- implemented in the Tcl/Tk programming language and is intended to
- augment the sometimes cumbersome CVS command line interface.
- Novices should find GIC to be much easier to learn than the CVS
- command line.
-
- While GIC is easy to use, it does not contain any documentation on
- CVS. Users of GIC must first learn the concepts of CVS such as
- modules and merging, as well as the simple functions, such as
- committing and updating. The CVS manual page and the README file
- are good places to look.
-
- contact
- David Marwood
- marwood@cpsc.ucalgary.ca
-
- [Extracted from an announcement by David Marwood.]
-
- GIC can be obtained by anonymous ftp to (on the date of this FAQ)
-
- ftp.cpsc.ucalgary.ca:/pub/users/marwood/gic-1.1.tar.Z
- ftp.cpsc.ucalgary.ca:/pub/users/marwood/gic-1.2b1.tar.Z
-
-
- 4F.3 What is CAVEMAN?
-
- CAVEMAN is a front end to CVS written in PERL providing a
- collection of features desired by the site where it was developed.
-
- - The ability to spread a "project" over multiple Repositories.
- - Optional automatic tagging after each commit.
- - Additional locking of files.
- - Extra before and after program hooks.
- - A layer of event logging.
- - All sorts of error messages.
- - Many changes to the semantics of commands.
-
- It is available via anonymous ftp on ftp.llnl.gov [128.115.54.18]
- in gnu/caveman_vX.Y.Z.tar.gz (The numbers X, Y, & Z vary.)
-
- contact
- Kathleen Dyer kdyer@llnl.gov
- (510)423-6803
- (510)423-5112 FAX
-
- [[Does someone want to elaborate?]]
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 4G -- Engineering
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 4G.1 Where can I find out about Software Engineering?
- 4G.2 How do I flexibly arrange the modules file to describe my sources?
- 4G.3 Can I have multiple source repositories, one for each project?
- 4G.4 Who should administer the Repository and manage the modules file?
- 4G.5 Isn't disk space a big factor? CVS copies files out of the
- Repository, duplicating everything.
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
-This section is really beyond the scope of CVS, but so many people ask
-questions about how to do Software Configuration and Engineering that I
-thought I'd try to include some information. If you have any
-improvements, references or ideas, speak up.
-
-
-
- 4G.1 Where can I find out about Software Engineering?
-
- A couple different people suggested this book:
-
- Software Configuration Management: Coordination for Team
- Productivity; Wayne A. Babich; Addison Wesley; 1986;
- ISBN 0-201-10161-0
-
-
- A number of others suggested Appendix B of the book "Decline and
- Fall of the American Programmer" by Ed Yourdon, called "The
- Programmer's Bookshelf". It list 87 books you are expected to
- have read. Since they publish many of the books, Prentice-Hall
- distributes this list as "Prentice Hall Professional Technical
- reference PTR-125-AA3.
-
- One interesting item from the Yourdon book: The total number
- of professional computer books sold is less than the number
- of programmers currently in the United States. It wasn't clear
- from the book whether this meant "per year" or not, but it is
- still frightening.
-
-
- 4G.2 How do I flexibly arrange the modules file to describe my sources?
-
- An equivalent question might be, "How do I structure my sources?"
- This can be a difficult question especially in the areas that are
- more political than technical.
-
- Generally you want to think about which pieces of your system need
- to be checked out together, built as one system or tagged as a
- consistent whole. You should certainly create module names that
- correspond to complete, buildable collections that you would tag
- and release as one "product". It is also convenient to create
- module names for small sections of the Repository containing
- files that will all be worked on at the same time by the same
- person or group.
-
- Once you have defined the structure of your work, you can usually
- see how to lay it out in a Repository. After that the modules
- file is easy. You set up module names and aliases to match what
- you need to check out by name. If you like relative directories,
- it is possible, but not recommended, to work completely without a
- modules file. See 1D.11 and 2C.7 for some info about the modules
- file.
-
- Here are a few types of modules. You should experiment to see
- what kind of structure each of these produces. They all have
- different uses.
-
- 1. Connected projects in one group with two separate helper
- directories. The helper directories can contain build tools,
- header files, libraries, or whatever you like.
-
- These are all aliases that checkout relative pathnames. The
- equivalent results could be produced by placing the selected
- relative pathnames on the "cvs checkout" command line.
-
- pr1 -a P1 HELPERS
- pr2 -a P2 HELPERS
- pr3 -a P3 HELPERS
- pr12 -a P1 P2 HELPERS
- pr13 -a P1 P3 HELPERS
- pr23 -a P2 P3 HELPERS
-
- P1 -a group1/proj1
- P2 -a group1/proj2
- P3 -a group1/proj3
- HELPERS -a group1/helper1 group1/helper2 MAKEFILE
- MAKEFILE -a group1/Makefile
-
- Actual Repository directory structure: (from $CVSROOT down)
-
- group1/
- Makefile
- The top level Makefile.
- helper1/
- helper2/
- Helper files and dirs
- proj1/
- Files and dirs
- proj2/
- Files and dirs
- proj3/
- Files and dirs
-
- "checkout group1" produces a duplicate of the above.
- "checkout projX" produces all but "projY" and "projZ".
- "checkout projXY" produces all but "projZ".
-
-
- 2. Here is the exact same set of module names describing the same
- Repository layout using module names (and aliases containing
- module names) instead of merely aliases for relative pathnames.
-
- There is one difference in the result. The name of the top
- level directory in the checked out working tree will match the
- "module" name (e.g. pr1) instead of always being "group1" as it
- was in the first example above.
-
- pr1 group1 proj1 &HELPERS
- pr2 group1 proj2 &HELPERS
- pr3 group1 proj3 &HELPERS
- pr12 group1 proj1 proj2 &HELPERS
- pr13 group1 proj1 proj3 &HELPERS
- pr23 group1 proj2 proj3 &HELPERS
-
- HELPERS -a helper1 helper2 group1-Makefile
- helper1 group1/helper1
- helper2 group1/helper2
- group1-Makefile -d . group1 Makefile
-
- The above line (with the -d in it) says that when the
- module named "group1-Makefile" is checked out, the file
- named Makefile file will be found in a directory named
- $CVSROOT/group1 and will be checked out into a directory
- named '.', which obviously already exists.
-
- The & references say to interpret those pathnames relative
- to the directory where the whole module is stored. For
- the "pr1" module, that directory is "group1", so the
- &HELPERS reference winds up placing Makefile in '.'
- relative to "group1".
-
-
- 3. A short one containing the basic "module" actions:
-
- m1 head/path file1 dir2 file3 dir4 file5
-
- When checked out, a directory named "m1" appears in your
- current directory. Elements named file1, dir2, file3,
- dir4, and file5 appear in it. They were originally taken
- as relative paths from $CVSROOT/head/path.
-
-
- 4. Here's another way to construct a working directory out of
- pieces of the Repository:
-
- projX projX Makefile &projX_inc &projX_src &projX_doc
-
- # The first line selects a single file within projX, plus
- # the contents of three other modules. Those three other
- # modules rename their directories.
-
- projX_inc -d include projX/inc
- projX_src -d source projX/src
- projX_doc -d documentation projX/doc
-
-
- 5. A Unix tree. This is similar to what CVS was developed for and
- the way I have used it for years.
-
- # Top level
- unix unix
- u_bin unix/bin
- u_etc unix/etc
- u_man unix/man
- usr-bin unix/usr.bin
-
- # Subdirs of top level dirs. (tiny subset)
- ls unix/bin/ls
- fsck unix/etc/fsck
- man8 unix/man/man8
-
- # Programs without subdirs. (tiny subset)
- cat unix/bin Makefile cat.c
- uniq unix/usr.bin Makefile uniq.c
-
- # /usr/local/src
- localsrc localsrc
- gnu localsrc/gnu
- public localsrc/public
- X11 localsrc/X11
-
- # GNU and PD tools
- cvs localsrc/gnu/cvs
- emacs localsrc/gnu/emacs
- rcs localsrc/gnu/rcs
- btoa localsrc/public/btoa
- tcsh localsrc/public/tcsh
-
- # X11 related items.
- tvtwm localsrc/X11/contrib/tvtwm
-
- "unix" was checked out and built from the top down, using a set
- of Makefiles that knew about the whole structure. "localsrc"
- was kept checked out in /usr/local/src.
-
- At any time I could run "checkout ls" or "checkout cat" and get
- a simple directory with only that tool in it, plus a subset
- Makefile that knew how to build that tool against the installed
- (or alternate, via environment variables) headers and libraries.
-
- I found it very handy to be able to run "ls" and see the three
- tools I was porting that week.
-
-
- 4G.3 Can I have multiple source repositories, one for each project?
-
- Yes, you can have as many Repositories as you like. But each
- Repository must be managed separately, creating additional work.
-
- Question 4A.1 provides a short description of setting up a
- single Repository. A few additional considerations:
-
- 1. It is a good idea to start by creating a single Repository and
- split it up (or create additional Repositories) only if you
- believe it is really necessary. I would only create a new
- Repository if the data is completely disconnected from the rest
- of the main Repository.
-
- 2. If there is a lot of overlap among the developers working on
- the collections of files you want to place in different
- Repositories, or if there is any connection between those
- collections, I would go out of my way to create a single
- Repository. It is much easier to manage.
-
- 3. Disk space should not be a factor since you can build up a
- Repository using symbolic links and/or remote mounts.
-
- 4. Each Repository is completely distinct. You can't check out
- modules from different Repositories at the same time. A better
- way of looking at it is that if you *can* check out two modules
- or directories with a single "checkout" command (without
- contortions or explicit absolute pathnames), then they are in
- the same Repository.
-
- 5. To "checkout" modules from multiple Repositories, you must use
- the "cvs -d" option on all CVS commands or alter your $CVSROOT
- variable when you change focus to another Repository. If you
- work with multiple Repositories, it is a good idea to configure
- CVS to use absolute pathnames in the ./CVS/Repository file,
- since most commands (other than "checkout") will use that file
- rather than $CVSROOT.
-
- 6. If you configure CVS to use relative pathnames in your
- ./CVS/Repository files, you must always be careful to set your
- $CVSROOT properly or you will get unexpected results.
-
- If you have two modules or directories by the same name at the
- same relative path inside two different Repositories, you are
- asking for disaster. You could unexpectedly update a directory
- with completely unrelated files. This is not a fanciful
- example -- a Repository is occasionally duplicated for release
- purposes in which case *all* the paths in the two Repositories
- are the same.
-
-
- 4G.4 Who should administer the Repository and manage the modules file?
-
- This is a "management style" question. In large or traditional
- groups, the CVS procedures are warped to conform to local
- conventions. In small groups, in groups with strong personalities
- or on new projects the choice of source control procedures can
- help create some of the working environment. Here is a taxonomy
- of environments I have worked in or helped set up:
-
- Situation 1.
-
- A small number of competent developers working on a medium
- size project. We all got along and we all respected each
- other (at least technically). Anyone edited anything.
-
- Modules and Repository admin was mostly left to me. I never
- found a problem in minor changes made by anyone else.
-
-
- Situation 2.
-
- A large number of experienced developers sprinkled with
- wackos. Many of the developers didn't want to deal with any
- kind of source control. They wanted a full-service source
- control system that caused them zero thought.
-
- I learned "big stick" diplomacy here. There was a small
- number of "designated" (by me) people who were allowed to do
- *anything* other than "update" and "commit". Even "checkouts"
- were controlled. This is where I found "history" and
- "release" the most useful.
-
- Situation 3.
-
- A small number of developers who wanted me to "help", but who
- didn't want to deal with anything other than their favorite
- algorithms.
-
- I didn't have the time to baby-sit this group, so I designated
- one of them to be my official contact and made him do it all.
- He felt sullied by the requirement to pay attention to
- anything other than his pet coding projects, but enjoyed the
- "status" of being the only one who could touch the control
- files without my kicking the chair out from under him.
-
- Situation 4.
-
- A huge number of developers of covering the whole spectrum of
- competence and experience split into 20 groups, none of which
- cooperated with the others, working on 57 different projects,
- most of which didn't inter-operate.
-
- Managing it in any coherent way was not my responsibility (and
- beyond my tolerance for chaos). Too many people. So I
- privately designated a person in each group to be the contact
- and kept watch on the Repository activity. When something
- went wrong, I notified the contact for the group and told him
- what was happening and *he* kept his troops in line. They
- were tougher with their own group that I would have been.
-
- Eventually only a few people were willing to touch the control
- files, since they were flamed from all directions if they
- screwed up.
-
- Situation 5.
-
- In a medium group of really *serious*, and seriously
- overworked, people, someone else was designated the "master".
- I convinced the master I knew what I was doing and went on my
- way.
-
- No one else in the world was allowed to touch anything.
-
- Situation 6.
-
- In a large amorphous group of beginners, experts and clowns,
- over whom no one had official control, I was forced to employ
- a group of relative beginners (who became experts rather
- quickly) to police the world. The ultimate in locking the
- barn after the horse was stolen, we kept Chaos from destroying
- us only by use of superior firepower.
-
-
-
- My choice, if allowed, is to let anyone touch anything. I keep
- backups of important items and let people know individually
- whether I want them to touch things or not. If someone on my "no
- touch" list touches and succeeds, they are allowed more slack. If
- they screw up after being warned, their screwup becomes public.
- After a few months, I usually have no trouble keeping the world
- running smoothly, at least from my (and CVS's) perspective.
-
-
- 4G.5 Isn't disk space a big factor? CVS copies files out of the
- Repository, duplicating everything.
-
- Everyone knows that disk space is getting cheaper. How do we
- reconcile this with the equally well-known problem that *all* disk
- is *always* filled up?
-
- In my opinion, the main reason disk space will never be an
- unlimited resource is that it is the major variable in
- organizational time/space tradeoffs. It isn't a problem of waste
- or an aspect of Murphy's law, as some claim it is, but rather a
- direct consequence of good management. Disk space is, and will
- always be, a limited resource.
-
- First, the cost of *deploying* that disk is not dropping as fast
- as the cost of the storage medium. The cost of machines to hold
- the disks and the networks to connect them are dropping more
- slowly than disk media. And the cost of the human time necessary
- to manage the machines, networks, disks, and the developers using
- them, is not dropping at all. The cost of human time continues to
- rise.
-
- If management decides that expensive human time can be saved by
- using all that new disk space to keep the last three releases
- online, then that's what it will be used for. If each release
- takes up a Gigabyte and you support 30 platforms, a simple
- time-saving suggestion has just grabbed 100 Gigabytes of disk
- space. And we've ignored the potential disk storage needed to
- support "better Customer Service", another management refrain.
-
- Even at 30 cents per Megabyte (next year's price), you've just
- used up $30,000 of disk space. And that doesn't count the
- computers, tape drives and humans necessary to maintain and deploy
- all of it. Spending money to save time has its own overhead, too.
-
-
- Binaries are getting bigger. Graphics and data collection devices
- can eat up any amount of disk. There are more tools available,
- more libraries, more raw data than you can ever store. My home
- computer has a Gigabyte of disk on it. It could easily handle 30.
-
- The "economy" of disk storage media will never remove the need to
- manage disk space.
-
-
- So, here's an un-reviewed suggestion originally from Graydon Dodson
- <grdodson@lexmark.com>, which I've altered and edited heavily.
-
- - Keep a directory where the whole tree is checked out. (It might
- be built and tested once in a while to make sure it is worth
- linking to, but that doesn't affect the source control aspect of
- this procedure). Let's call it /master/build.
-
- - Write a tool that creates a tree of directories (like the X11
- "lndir" command) filled with links to the checked out files in
- the /master/build tree.
-
- This tool should also provide real copies of, not symlinks to,
- all the files within the CVS administrative directories.
-
- - You could also provide a way for the tool to take a list of
- whole directories that you will never change, for which it would
- create a single symlink to the directory and not a subtree of
- symlinks to files. Or you could rm -r pieces of the resulting
- working directory yourself and replace it with links.
-
- - If you want to edit a file, you have to grab a real copy and
- keep it until your revision shows up in the /master/build tree.
- I'd create a script to do this: cvsgrab <file>
-
- #!/bin/csh -f
- set f = $1
- if (! -l $f) then
- echo "file $f is not a symlink"
- exit 1
- endif
- rm $f
- set rev = `grep "^/$f/" CVS/Entries | awk -F/ '{print $3}'`
- cvs update -p -r $rev $f > $f
-
- You can't do a plain "cvs update" since that would grab newer
- revisions from the Repository, not the revision you wanted to
- start with. After the file is no longer a symlink, you can work
- normally. You'll have to run "update" before "commit" anyway if
- there are newer revisions.
-
- - Presumably there would also be a tool to traverse the link tree
- and revert it to links if there are no modified files and/or if
- all the real files match the revision of the /master/build tree.
-
- - To avoid confusing CVS when the /master/build revisions are
- updated but your CVS/Entries files is not, CVS would have to
- change to handle symlinks. It currently causes problems with
- this scenario:
-
- 1. ./<file> is a symlink.
- 2. ./CVS/Entries says you are revision 1.2.
- 3. The corresponding CVS/Entries file in /master/build
- says the latest revision is 1.3.
- 4. cvs update <file> shows a 'C' conflict flag.
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 4H -- Other Systems
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 4H.1 I use a NeXT. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.2 I use OS/2 and/or DOS. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.3 I use SCO Unix. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.4 I use AIX. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.5 I use IRIX. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.6 I use an HP system. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.7 I use AFS. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.8 I use A/UX. Is there anything I need to know?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
-Out of the box, CVS works on most varieties of Unix. Some near-Unix
-systems have a few problems and non-Unix systems have a *lot* of problems.
-
- 4H.1 I use a NeXT. Is there anything I need to know?
-
- NeXTSTEP 3.0's Interface Builder uses "nib" directories, rather
- than the files used in previous revisions. It removes files it
- doesn't recognize, making it impossible to place such a directory
- under CVS -- the CVS admin directory will be removed.
-
- Some time ago, <Bob_Vadnais@pdh.com> posted a palette named
- CVSPalette that claimed to resolve this problem. It was intended
- to preserve the CVS administrative directories within nib
- documents (directories) that Interface Builder usually removes.
-
- CVSPalette is no longer in its announced place:
-
- ftp.cs.orst.edu:/pub/next/submissions
-
- though I did find two other interesting files on ftp.cs.orst.edu:
-
- /software/NeXT/sources/tools/cvs-next-2_1_1.tar.Z
-
- which is a port of CVS 1.3 (along with RCS and diff) and:
-
- /software/NeXT/sources/programming/cvs.postamble-2.4.gz
-
- which appears to be a set of wrappers for CVS commands that claim
- to allow you to use CVS effectively (and without need for the
- "command line") on a NeXT machine.
-
-
- [[Anyone know the truth about CVS and NeXT?]]
-
-
- 4H.2 I use OS/2 and/or DOS. Is there anything I need to know?
-
- You can share RCS files between Unix and DOS while avoiding the
- MS-DOS file name limits by setting your RCSINIT environment
- variable to '-x/,v'. New RCS files will be created without the
- standard ",v" suffix, though files ending in ",v" will still be
- found if there is no matching file in the same directory without
- the ",v".
-
- Erik van Linstee <linstee@dutecaj.et.tudelft.nl> offers an
- OS/2 and a DOS port of CVS 1.3 in:
-
- ftp.informatik.tu-muenchen.de:/pub/comp/os/os2/gnu/devtools
- or
- ftp.rrzn.uni-hannover.de:/pub/os2-local
-
- The files are named:
-
- cvs13p?[bs].zip
-
- Where the ? stands for the patch level (currently 8) and the b is
- for the binaries, the s for the sources.
-
- There are three binaries. An OS/2 only one (32-bit), a DOS only one
- (16-bit) and an EMX one that runs on both (32-bit).
-
- There are many differences between the Unix and the DOS versions
- of CVS. Read the material that comes with the DOS version before
- using it.
-
- [[Updates?]].
-
-
- 4H.3 I use SCO Unix. Is there anything I need to know?
-
- On SCO/UNIX 3.2 V2.0 POSIX signals don't work. Unfortunately the
- configure program detects POSIXness and configures in the use of
- POSIX signals. Workaround : Edit out the check for POSIXness in
- the configure script. [[You could also remove all occurrences of
- "-DPOSIX=1" from the Makefiles after configure is run. -dgg-]]
-
- SCO/UNIX doesn't understand #!/<some shell> syntax. This breaks
- the use of log.pl as it gets invoked by /bin/sh instead of
- !#/usr/local/bin/perl. WorkAround : edit log.pl and change it into
- a shell script which invokes perl with log.perl (renamed from
- log.pl) as input.
- Contributed by Joe Drumgoole
-
-
- 4H.4 I use AIX. Is there anything I need to know?
-
- The only report on AIX claims to have no trouble using it in
- concert with SunOS and IRIX platforms.
-
-
- 4H.5 I use IRIX. Is there anything I need to know?
-
- If you see "uid" numbers where you would expect user names, try
- adding -lsun to the link line. Without it CVS is unable to
- retrieve "passwd" data through NIS.
-
-
- 4H.6 I use an HP system. Is there anything I need to know?
-
- HP distributes RCS version 3 (a circa 1983 release!) with HP-UX.
- CVS does not work with RCS version 3; it requires RCS version 4
- or later. Your best bet is to find the latest version of RCS
- and install it somewhere.
-
- HP-UX 8.07 has a serious bug with the mmap system call and NFS
- files; the bug can crash the operating system. Make sure that
- you configure RCS to avoid mmap by setting has_mmap to 0 in
- RCS's conf.h. This bug is fixed in HP-UX 9.
-
- Contributed by Paul Eggert
-
- If using the setgid() trick described in 4D.13, you will have to
- create an entry in the /etc/privgroup file to give the group
- assigned to the cvs executable setgid permission (see
- setprivgrp(1m)). Additionally, if you are restricting "read"
- access to the Repository by limiting access to the executable
- (this requires yet another group), then you will require that
- /etc/logingroup exists and is configured correctly (usually it's
- just alink to /etc/group).
-
- Contributed by Dale Woolridge
-
-
- 4H.7 I use AFS. Is there anything I need to know?
-
- There is a problem with the way CVS performs its locking when the
- files are within AFS. When your current PTS id != your uid, the
- locks are not deleted. The stat() system call returns the PTS id
- of the owner. If that id != your uid, CVS assumes you did not lock
- it, and leaves the lock files alone. The next time you try to use
- it, it complains that someone has the repository locked.
-
- Contributed by Michael Ganzberger
-
- [[This was against CVS 1.3. Is it still in CVS 1.4?]]
-
-
- 4H.8 I use A/UX. Is there anything I need to know?
-
- [[??]]
-
-
-
-
-=============================================
-== Section 5 ==== Past & Future ====
-=============================================
-
-----------------
--- Section 5A -- Contributors
-----------------
-
- **** Questions:
-
-=5A.1 Who wrote CVS?
- 5A.2 You didn't write all of this FAQ, did you?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
-
-=5A.1 Who wrote CVS?
-
- Brian Berliner <berliner@sun.com> converted a collection of
- scripts written by Dick Grune <dick@cs.vu.nl> into a C program,
- then added all sorts of features. He continues to maintain CVS.
-
- Jeff Polk <polk@bsdi.com> wrote much of the code added between
- revisions 1.2 and 1.3. Many others were involved at some level.
-
- david d zuhn <zoo@armadillo.com> fixed a number of bugs, added
- some of the new features, reworked the whole thing to be more
- portable, and provided much of the energy to push CVS 1.4 out
- the door.
-
- Jim Kingdon implemented CVS 1.5's remote repository access
- features, fixed many bugs, and managed the release of version 1.5.
-
- Take a look at the README and the ChangeLog files in the CVS
- sources for more contributors.
-
-
- 5A.2 You didn't write all of this FAQ, did you?
-
- In the original hunt for questions to answer (performed in
- Jan/Feb, 1993), I polled hundreds of people and I rephrased all
- sorts of text found on the net. Between 2/93 and 10/93, I
- released about 20 versions, with corrections and additions from
- the info-cvs mailing list and private correspondence.
-
- Between 10/93 and 10/94 I extracted frequently asked questions
- from the 1200 mail messages to the info-cvs mailing list,
- turned them into focused questions and tried to answer them.
-
- 93/02/?? ~4000 lines
- 93/06/?? ~5000 lines
- 93/10/23 7839 lines 278K
- 94/10/29 9856 lines 360K
- 95/05/09 9981 lines 365K
-
- Because there are so many posers of questions, I will list only
- those who contribute answers or help significantly with the
- content and structure of this document.
-
- If I used someone else's text verbatim, I mentioned it in the
- given answer. The people whose email postings have added to this
- document or who have added to my understanding are:
-
- Brian Berliner <berliner@sun.com>, CVS maintainer.
- Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>, RCS maintainer.
-
- Gray Watson <gray@antaire.com>
- Per Cederqvist <ceder@signum.se>
- Pete Clark <pclark@is.com>
-
- all of whom have sent me copies of their tutorials
- and local CVS documentation.
-
- Additional contributors, who have sent me ideas, text, corrections
- and support include (in alphabetical order):
-
- Per Abrahamsen <amanda@iesd.auc.dk>
- Donald Amby <amby@mixcom.mixcom.com>
- Mark D Baushke <mdb@cisco.com>
- Jim Blandy <jimb@cyclic.com>
- Tom Cunningham <tomc@bouwsma,sps.mot.com>
- Graydon Dodson <grdodson@lexmark.com>
- Joe Drumgoole <joed@splatter.demon.co.uk>
- Don Dwiggins <dwig@markv.com>
- Bryant Eastham <bryant@ced.utah.edu>
- Dan Franklin <dan@diamond.bbn.com>
- Michael Ganzberger <ganzbergermd@ES.net>
- Steve Harris <vsh%etnibsd@uunet.uu.net>
- Erik van Linstee <linstee@dutecaj.et.tudelft.nl>
- Jeffrey M Loomis <jml@world.std.com>
- Barry Margolin <barmar@near.net>
- Mark K. Mellis <mkm@ncd.com>
- Chris Moore <Chris.Moore@src.bae.co.uk>
- Gary Oberbrunner <garyo@avs.com>
- Steve Turner <stevet@carrier.sps.mot.com>
- Dave Wolfe <dwolfe@pffft.sps.mot.com>
- Dale Woolridge <dwoolridge@cid.aes.doe.ca>
-
-
-
- Please send corrections. If I forgot you, remind me and I'll add
- your name to the list.
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 5B -- Bugs and Patches
-----------------
-
-This section addresses some known bugs and patches for them.
-Large patches will be stored in the FTP area.
-See the Development section later for stuff being worked on.
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 5B.1 Why can't CVS handle deletion of directories?
- 5B.2 Why can't CVS handle the moving of sources from one place in the
- directory hierarchy to another?
- 5B.3 When I typed "cvs update -D <date>", why did it check out all
- sorts of ancient files from the Attic? Shouldn't it just create
- the set of files and revisions that existed at that date?
- 5B.4 When I typed "cvs update -D <date>" in my branch, why did it
- screw up all my files?
- 5B.5 When I executed "checkout" into an existing directory I got "No
- such file or directory" errors. Why?
- 5B.6 Why does "update" send all output to the terminal after 26 files
- have been updated?
- 5B.7 Why does the merge occasionally resurrect lines of code?
- 5B.8 Why does the merge fail when my "rcsmerge" program is
- configured to use GNU diff version 2.1 or later?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 5B.1 Why can't CVS handle deletion of directories?
-
- An oversight, probably. [[Fixed in a future release?]]
-
-
- 5B.2 Why can't CVS handle the moving of sources from one place in the
- directory hierarchy to another?
-
- A "renaming database" has been proposed to track the history of
- pathname changes in the Repository. A general solution is a
- difficult problem. See 4B.8.
-
-
- 5B.3 When I typed "cvs update -D <date>", why did it check out all
- sorts of ancient files from the Attic? Shouldn't it just create
- the set of files and revisions that existed at that date?
-
- This seems to be a bug, but is really the lack of any obvious
- place to store the date when a file is "removed".
-
- There are four ranges of dates that CVS has to deal with when
- trying to determine what revision was available on <date>:
-
- 1. Dates before the earliest revision in the file.
-
- 2. Dates between any two revisions in the file.
-
- 3. Dates between the latest revision in the file and the date
- when the file was moved to the Attic by "commit".
-
- 4. Dates after moving the file to the Attic.
-
- Since the date when a file is moved to the Attic is not stored
- anywhere, CVS can't tell the difference between #3 and #4.
- To avoid not producing a file that should exist in case #3, it
- produces extraneous files in case #4.
-
-
- For the above reason, if you have removed files in the Attic, it
- is better to use "-r <tag>, or even "-r HEAD" than to use a
- date spec.
-
- If you must use "-D <date>", then you should either archive and
- delete Attic files (losing some past history) or construct your
- Makefiles to work with an explicit list of files and let the old
- source files stay in the working directory. The contents of the
- revision-controlled Makefile can then be considered to contain
- deletion "information".
-
-
- 5B.4 When I typed "cvs update -D <date>" in my branch, why did it
- screw up all my files?
-
- Currently, the internal routine ("version_ts") that looks up
- info about a file, overrides both the tag and date if *either*
- the tag or date is specified on the command line. If only the
- date is specified, it should not override a branch tag, but it
- does.
-
- In CVS 1.3, the documented "-D <branch_tag>:<date>" syntax only
- works with the Main Branch and the Vendor Branch.
-
- [[Is this fixed in CVS 1.4? This is one item I didn't check.]]
-
-
- 5B.5 When I executed "checkout" into an existing directory I got "No
- such file or directory" errors. Why?
-
- Though the man page says that "checkout" turns into an
- "update -d" in directories that already exist, it is referring
- to directories that already exist *and* were created by CVS.
-
- When you try to run "checkout" on top of an existing directory
- structure, some of which wasn't created by CVS, it will handle
- directories and non-CVS files within directories already under
- CVS, but it will display the above error on non-CVS files within
- non-CVS directories.
-
-
- 5B.6 Why does "update" send all output to the terminal after 26 files
- have been updated?
-
- CVS uses the "tmpnam()" function to generate temporary file names.
- The ANSI standard for the "tmpnam()" function says:
-
- "The tmpnam function generates a different string each time it is
- called, up to TMP_MAX times. If it is called more than TMP_MAX
- times, the behavior is implementation defined."
-
- Later it says that the value of "TMP_MAX shall be at least 25."
-
- On some platforms, the above specification is taken literally by
- turning "at least 25" into "exactly 26" and by doing something
- foolish (i.e. "implementation defined") after that. Some
- systems return the same name repeatedly, which causes one form of
- trouble. Others return NULL or garbage, which causes a different
- form of trouble.
-
- The broken systems appear to be cycling a single character through
- the alphabet. SunOS cycles 3 characters through the alphabet, so
- it won't cause trouble until 26 cubed or 17576 calls to
- "tmpnam()".
-
- Since CVS doesn't depend on the exact format of the tmp files, the
- workaround is to provide a "tmpnam()" that doesn't have a limit
- on the number of calls to it.
-
-
- 5B.7 Why does the merge occasionally resurrect lines of code?
-
- The diff3 program provided by GNU diff version 1.15 has a bug
- that occasionally causes text to come back from the dead.
-
- This is an old problem which you can avoid by upgrading to the
- latest GNU "diffutils" package. If you were using GNU diff
- version 1.15 and plan to upgrade to the latest GNU diff program,
- see the next question.
-
-
- 5B.8 Why does the merge fail when my "rcsmerge" program is
- configured to use GNU diff version 2.1 or later?
-
- A change in the overlap format was introduced in GNU diff3
- between versions 2.0 and 2.1 that causes RCS versions before
- 5.6.0.1 to fail during a merge.
-
- To get consistent rcsmerge behavior, you have four choices:
-
- 1. Go back to using GNU diff 1.15 or 2.0 with RCS versions 5.5 or
- 5.6. If you want to use GNU diff 2.1 or later, you'll have to
- pick one of the other three choices in this list.
-
- 2. Grab RCS version 5.6.0.1 from an FSF archive and set the
- DIFF3_A macro to '1' as it tells you to in the Makefile:
-
- #define DIFF3_A 1
-
- 3. Patch the RCS 5.6 source. Change line 84 in "merger.c" from:
-
- DIFF3, "-am", "-L", label[0], "-L", label[1],
- to
- DIFF3, "-amE", "-L", label[0], "-L", "", "-L", label[1],
-
- 4. Wait both for RCS version 5.7 to be released and for a new
- version of CVS that can deal with it.
-
-
-----------------
--- Section 5C -- Development
-----------------
-
-
- **** Questions:
-
- 5C.1 Where do I send bug reports?
- 5C.2 Where do I send fixes and patches?
- 5C.3 Where do I send ideas for future development?
-=5C.4 What plans are there for new features?
- 5C.5 I have some time and I'd like to help. What can I do for you?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
- 5C.1 Where do I send bug reports?
-
- First make sure it is a bug. Talk to your friends, coworkers and
- anyone you know who uses CVS. Search this FAQ for related issues.
- Then test it carefully. Try out variations to narrow down the
- problem. Make sure it is repeatable. Look for workarounds so you
- can report them.
-
- If you are still sure it's a bug and you tried to fix it, skip to
- the next question. Otherwise, send a message to the info-cvs
- mailing list containing one of the following:
-
- 1. If you have a good repeatable case and you think you know what
- is going on, then describe the problem in detail. Include
- a workaround if you have one.
-
- 2. If you have no idea what is going on, go ahead and send a
- question to the info-cvs mailing list. Include any information
- you have describing the symptoms.
-
-
- 5C.2 Where do I send fixes and patches?
-
- First make sure the "fix" does something useful. Have someone
- review your fix. Spend a bit of one person's time in a detailed
- analysis of your vast idea before displaying a half-vast idea to
- hundreds of people.
-
- If you tried to fix it and the patch is small, include the patch
- in your message. Make sure the patch is based on the latest
- released version of CVS.
-
- If you tried to fix it and the patch is large, you should think
- about why it is so large. Did you add a generally useful feature,
- or did it grow out of hand?
-
- If you still believe it is solid, produce a patch file using the
- CVS commands "patch" or "diff -c". [[You *are* keeping CVS under
- CVS, right?]] The patch should be based on the latest released
- version of CVS. Then use the "cvsbug" program (provided with the
- CVS sources) to send it to the CVS maintainers. A self-contained
- patch that provides a single useful feature or correction might
- show up independently in the patches directory of the FTP archive.
-
- If careful testing reveals an RCS bug rather than a CVS bug, you
- can send bug reports to: rcs-bugs@cs.purdue.edu
-
-
- 5C.3 Where do I send ideas for future development?
-
- If you have a bright idea, discuss it on the info-cvs mailing
- list. If you have the time to implement something you can test,
- send the diffs along too as described above.
-
-
-=5C.4 What plans are there for new features?
-
- A "rename" or "per-directory" database has been bandied about on
- the net for years. It is needed, but it is a lot of work.
-
- CVS version 1.5 supports remote repository access, but Paul
- F. Kunz <Paul_Kunz@slac.stanford.edu> has produced another version
- (rCVS) that also runs remotely. It is available for testing.
-
- On the host "preprint.slac.stanford.edu", you can find:
- Paper: slacpubs/5000/slac-pub-5923.ps.Z
-
- This was for a conference in Sept, 1993, before first beta.
-
- On the host "ftp.slac.stanford.edu", you can find:
- Sources: pub/sources/rcvs-0.8.1.tar.Z
-
- With the caveat that until version 1.0 is available, rCVS should
- be considered an unreliable Beta release, you are invited to
- grab a copy and test it.
-
-
- [[Others?]]
-
-
- 5C.5 I have some time and I'd like to help. What can I do for you?
-
- You can review this document, correct errors and fill in any of
- the incomplete sections.
-
- You can add to the contrib area, which contains useful ways to use
- some of the programmable CVS facilities (loginfo, commitinfo) or
- ways of connecting to work environments (pcl-cvs).
-
- You could write a regression test suite. Or at least a scaffold
- into which we can drop tests.
-
- You can write specs for new features, fix bugs, review the man
- page or . . .
-
- [[Brian?]]
-
- [[Is there some way we can register someone as working
- on something or should we just stay in the "implement it and
- send it to me" mode?]]
-
-----------------
--- Section 5D -- Professional Support
-----------------
-
-
- **** Questions:
-
-+5D.1 Doesn't Cygnus support CVS?
-+5D.2 What is Cyclic Software doing with CVS?
-
-
- **** Answers:
-
-+5D.1 Doesn't Cygnus support CVS?
-
- Cygnus is a company that supports a variety of FSF software. It
- uses a version of CVS and people from Cygnus are on the info-cvs
- mailing list.
-
- [[Could someone from Cygnus state Cygnus's official and unofficial
- relationship with CVS?]]
-
-
-+5D.2 What is Cyclic Software doing with CVS?
-
- Cyclic Software exists to provide support for CVS. Here's a copy
- of their product line sheet:
-
-
- Cyclic Software
- Standard Support
-
- Cyclic Software offers support contracts for CVS. This
- includes:
-
- * Full source, binaries, and documentation for CVS, RCS, GNU
- diffutils, patch, and gzip -- that is, CVS and everything it
- wants to run -- via FTP or tape;
-
- * guaranteed responses for bugs within 5 business days;
-
- * guaranteed fixes for reproducible bugs within 10 business days.
-
- (By "reproducible bugs", we mean instances where the software
- clearly does not behave as documentation or reasonable
- expectations indicate it should, and that we are able to
- reproduce this misbehavior reliably. Naturally, we will make
- every possible effort to reproduce the bugs you report; our
- experience has been that it's usually not difficult.)
-
- We charge a fixed fee for:
-
- * one year
-
- * one host type (hardware & operating system)
-
- * twenty users at your site, with two of those users designated
- as "contacts" for CVS, to reduce communication problems.
-
- If the host type is not one we have access to for testing
- purposes, you can either lend us a machine of the appropriate type
- for the duration of the contract, or pay an additional fee
- up-front. We have access to Solaris, Irix, HP-UX, Linux and
- Ultrix. (This list is subject to change; contact us for details.)
-
- If the above fee structure is not well-suited to your
- organization, please say so. We're interested in tailoring our
- services to be as useful to you as possible.
-
- Training
-
- We offer on-site training in the use of CVS at a daily rate,
- plus expenses (inc. travel, accommodations). The classes target
- new and intermediate users of CVS; we feel advanced users benefit
- more from a written manual and the source code.
-
- Custom Enhancements
-
- We will implement enhancements to CVS or its documentation, and
- port CVS to new architectures. Our rates for this work depend on
- the amount of work to be done.
-
- We strongly prefer to work on enhancements suitable for
- incorporation into the general CVS release upon completion; we
- will help you design the enhancement in a way that makes this
- possible.
-
- Short-Term Consulting
-
- We will do short-term consulting at hourly rates. These rates
- are calculated to include the overhead of dealing in short time
- periods. Therefore, in sufficiently large projects, we recommend
- arranging a long-term support contract instead of dealing on an
- hourly basis.
-
- Anything Else
-
- Cyclic Software is interested in arranging contracts for work
- in other areas, to be produced as free software. Everything is
- negotiable.
-
- How To Contact Us
-
- (Email is preferred.)
-
- Email: <info@cyclic.com>
- Phone: +1 812 335 9023
- Web: http://www.cyclic.com
- SnailMail: Cyclic Software
- P.O. Box 804
- Bloomington, IN 47402-0804
- USA
-
- Contributed by Jim Blandy
-
-
-
-=================================================
-== Section 6 ==== Table of Contents ====
-=================================================
-
-===========================================================================
-== Frequently Asked Questions about CVS (The Concurrent Versions System) ==
-===========================================================================
-
-============================================
-== Section 0 ==== Introduction ====
-============================================
-
-Questions are divided into five numbered Sections. Sections are divided
-into lettered sub-sections. The questions are numbered sequentially
-within each sub-section, though they are in no particular order.
-
- 1. What is CVS?
- A. What is CVS? What's it for? Why CVS?
- B. Where do I find it? Where can I find Help?
- C. How does CVS differ from other similar software?
- D. What do you mean by . . .? (Definitions)
-
- 2. User Tasks
- A. Getting Started
- B. Common User Tasks
- C. Less Common User Tasks
- D. General Questions
-
- 3. Commands
- A. through P. One section for each CVS command.
-
- 4. Advanced Topics
- A. Installing CVS
- B. Setting up and Managing the Repository
- C. Branching and Merging
- D. Tricks of the Trade
- E. Internal errors
- F. Related Software
- G. Engineering
- H. Other Systems
-
- 5. Past & Future
- A. Contributors.
- B. Bugs and Patches
- C. Development
- D. Professional Support
-
- 6. Table of Contents
-
-
-
-============================================
-== Section 1 ==== What is CVS? ====
-============================================
-
-----------------
--- Section 1A -- What is CVS? What's it for? Why CVS?
-----------------
- 1A.1 What does CVS stand for? Can you describe it in one sentence?
- 1A.2 What is CVS for? What does it do for me?
- 1A.3 How does CVS work?
- 1A.4 What is CVS useful for?
- 1A.5 What is CVS *not* useful for?
-
-----------------
--- Section 1B -- Where do I find CVS? Where can I find Help?
-----------------
- 1B.1 How do I get more information about CVS?
- 1B.2 Is there an archive of CVS material?
- 1B.3 How do I get files out of the archive if I don't have FTP?
- 1B.4 How do I get a copy of the latest version of CVS?
- 1B.5 Is there a mailing list devoted to CVS? How do I find it?
- 1B.6 What happened to the CVS Usenet newsgroup I heard about?
-
-----------------
--- Section 1C -- How does CVS differ from other, similar software?
-----------------
- 1C.1 How does CVS differ from RCS?
- 1C.2 How does CVS differ from SCCS?
- 1C.3 How does CVS differ from ClearCase?
-#1C.4 How does CVS differ from TeamWare/SparcWorks?
- 1C.5 How does CVS differ from Aegis?
- 1C.6 How does CVS differ from Shapetools?
- 1C.7 How does CVS differ from TeamNet?
- 1C.8 How does CVS differ from ProFrame?
- 1C.9 How does CVS differ from CaseWare/CM?
- 1C.10 How does CVS differ from Sublime?
- 1C.11 How does CVS differ from PVCS?
- 1C.12 How does CVS differ from CMVC?
-
-----------------
--- Section 1D -- What do you mean by . . .? (Definitions)
-----------------
- 1D.1 What are "The Repository", "$CVSROOT" and "CVSROOT"?
- 1D.2 What is an RCS file?
- 1D.3 What is a working file?
- 1D.4 What is a working directory (or working area)?
- 1D.5 What is "checking out"?
- 1D.6 What is a revision?
- 1D.7 What is a "Tag"?
- 1D.8 What are "HEAD" and "BASE"?
- 1D.9 What is a Branch?
- 1D.10 What is "the trunk"?
- 1D.11 What is a module?
- 1D.12 What does "merge" mean?
-
-
-==========================================
-== Section 2 ==== User Tasks ====
-==========================================
-
-----------------
--- Section 2A -- Getting Started
-----------------
- 2A.1 What is the first thing I have to know?
- 2A.2 Where do I work?
- 2A.3 What does CVS use from my environment?
- 2A.4 OK, I've been told that CVS is set up, my module is named
- "ralph" and I have to start editing. What do I type?
- 2A.5 I have been using RCS for a while. Can I convert to CVS without
- losing my revision history? How about converting from SCCS?
-
-----------------
--- Section 2B -- Common User Tasks
-----------------
- 2B.1 What is the absolute minimum I have to do to edit a file?
- 2B.2 If I edit multiple files, must I type "commit" for each one?
- 2B.3 How do I get rid of the <module> directory that "checkout" created?
- 2B.4 How do I find out what has changed since my last update?
- 2B.5 I just created a new file. How do I add it to the Repository?
- 2B.6 How do I merge changes made by others into my working directory?
- 2B.7 How do I label a set of revisions so I can retrieve them later?
- 2B.8 How do I checkout an old release of a module, directory or file?
- 2B.9 What do I have to remember to do periodically?
-
-----------------
--- Section 2C -- Less Common User Tasks
-----------------
- 2C.1 Can I create non-CVS sub-directories in my working directory?
- 2C.2 How do I add new sub-directories to the Repository?
- 2C.3 How do I remove a file I don't need?
- 2C.4 How do I rename a file?
- 2C.5 How do I make sure that all the files and directories in my
- working directory are really in the Repository?
- 2C.6 How do I create a branch?
- 2C.7 How do I modify the modules file? How about the other files in
- the CVSROOT administrative area?
- 2C.8 How do I split a file into pieces, retaining revision histories?
-
-----------------
--- Section 2D -- General Questions
-----------------
- 2D.1 How do I see what CVS is trying to do?
- 2D.2 If I work with multiple modules, should I check them all out and
- commit them occasionally? Is it OK to leave modules checked out?
- 2D.3 What is a "sticky" tag? What makes it sticky? How do I loosen it?
- 2D.4 How do I get an old revision without updating the "sticky tag"?
- 2D.5 What operations disregard sticky tags?
- 2D.6 Is there a way to avoid reverting my Emacs buffer after
- committing a file? Is there a "cvs-mode" for Emacs?
- 2D.7 How does conflict resolution work? What *really* happens if two
- of us change the same file?
- 2D.8 How can I tell who has a module checked out?
- 2D.9 Where did the .#<file>.1.3 file in my working directory come from?
- 2D.10 What is this "ignore" business? What is it ignoring?
- 2D.11 Is there a way to set user-specific configuration options?
- 2D.12 Is it safe to interrupt CVS using Control-C?
- 2D.13 How do I turn off the "admin" command?
- 2D.14 How do I turn off the ability to disable history via "cvs -l"?
- 2D.15 How do I keep certain people from accessing certain directories?
-
-
-========================================
-== Section 3 ==== Commands ====
-========================================
-
-----------------
--- Section 3A -- "add", "ad", "new"
-----------------
- 3A.1 What is "add" for?
- 3A.2 How do I add a new file to the branch I'm working on?
- 3A.3 Why did my new file end up in the Attic?
- 3A.4 Now that it's in the Attic, how do I connect it to the Main branch?
- 3A.5 How do I avoid the hassle of reconnecting an Attic-only file to
- the Main Branch?
- 3A.6 How do I cancel an "add"?
- 3A.7 What are the ./CVS/file,p and ./CVS/file,t files for?
- 3A.8 How do I "add" a binary file?
-
-----------------
--- Section 3B -- "admin", "adm", "rcs"
-----------------
- 3B.1 What is "admin" for?
- 3B.2 Wow! Isn't that dangerous?
- 3B.3 What would I normally use "admin" for?
- 3B.4 What should I avoid when using "admin"?
- 3B.5 How do I restrict the "admin" command? The -i flag in the modules
- file can restrict commits. What's the equivalent for "admin"?
- 3B.6 I backed out a revision with "admin -o" and committed a
- replacement. Why doesn't "update" retrieve the new revision?
-
-----------------
--- Section 3C -- "checkout", "co", "get"
-----------------
- 3C.1 What is "checkout" for?
- 3C.2 What is the "module" that "checkout" takes on the command line?
- 3C.3 Isn't a CVS "checkout" just a bunch of RCS checkouts?
- 3C.4 What's the difference between "update" and "checkout"?
- 3C.5 Why can't I check out a file from within my working directory?
- 3C.6 How do I avoid dealing with those long relative pathnames?
- 3C.7 Can I move a checked-out directory? Does CVS remember where it
- was checked out?
- 3C.8 How can I lock files while I'm working on them the way RCS does?
- 3C.9 What is "checkout -s"? How is it different from "checkout -c"?
-
-----------------
--- Section 3D -- "commit", "ci", "com"
-----------------
- 3D.1 What is "commit" for?
- 3D.2 If I edit ten files, do I have to type "commit" ten times?
- 3D.3 Explain: cvs commit: Up-to-date check failed for `<file>'
- 3D.4 What happens if two people try to "commit" conflicting changes?
- 3D.5 I committed something and I don't like it. How do I remove it?
- 3D.6 Explain: cvs commit: sticky tag `V3' for file `X' is not a branch
- 3D.7 Why does "commit -r <tag/rev>" put newly added files in the Attic?
- 3D.8 Why would a "commit" of a newly added file not produce rev 1.1?
-
-----------------
--- Section 3E -- "diff", "di", "dif"
-----------------
- 3E.1 What is "diff" for?
- 3E.2 Why did "diff" display nothing when I know there are later
- committed revisions in the Repository?
- 3E.3 How do I display what changed in the Repository since I last
- executed "checkout", "update" or "commit"?
- 3E.4 How do I display the difference between my working file and what
- I checked in last Thursday?
- 3E.5 Why can't I pass long options, like --unified, to "diff"?
-
-----------------
--- Section 3F -- "export", "exp", "ex"
-----------------
- 3F.1 What is "export" for?
- 3F.2 Why does it remove the RCS keywords so I can't use the "ident"
- command on the source files?
- 3F.3 Can I override the '-kv' flag CVS passes to RCS?
- 3F.4 Why doesn't "export" have a '-k' flag like "import" does?
- 3F.5 Why does "export -D" check out every file in the Attic?
-
-----------------
--- Section 3G -- "history", "hi", "his"
-----------------
- 3G.1 What is "history" for?
- 3G.2 Of what use is it?
- 3G.3 What is this, Big Brother?
- 3G.4 I deleted my working directory and "history" still says I have
- it checked out. How do I fix it?
- 3G.5 So I *can* edit the History file?
- 3G.6 Why does the history file grow so quickly?
- 3G.7 What is the difference between "cvs history -r <tag/rev>" and
- "cvs history -t <tag>"?
- 3G.8 Why does "cvs history -c -t <tag>" fail to print anything?
- 3G.9 "cvs history -a -o" only printed one line for each checked-out
- module. Shouldn't it print all the directories where the
- modules are checked out?
- 3G.10 I can't figure out "history", can you give me concrete examples?
- 3G.11 Can we merge history files when we merge Repositories?
-
-----------------
--- Section 3H -- "import", "im", "imp"
-----------------
- 3H.1 What is "import" for?
- 3H.2 How am I supposed to use "import"?
- 3H.3 Why does import put files on a branch? Why can't I work on the
- main trunk instead of a Vendor branch?
- 3H.4 Is there any way to import binary files?
- 3H.5 Why does "import" corrupt some binary files?
- 3H.6 How do I retain the original $\Revision$ strings in the sources?
-=3H.7 I imported some files for the Yarg compiler that compiles files
- with a suffix of ".yarg" and whose comment prefix is "YARG> ".
- When I check them out, they will no longer compile because they
- have this junk in them. Why?
- 3H.8 How do I make "import" save the timestamps on the original files?
- 3H.9 Why can't I "import" 3 releases on different branches?
- 3H.10 What do I do if the Vendor adds or deletes files between releases?
- 3H.11 What about if the Vendor changes the names of files or
- directories, or rearranges the whole structure between releases?
- 3H.12 I thought "import" was for Vendor releases, why would I use it
- for code of my own? Do I have to use import?
- 3H.13 How do I import a large Vendor release?
- 3H.14 Explain: ERROR: cannot create link to <file>: Permission denied
- 3H.15 Where does the -m <message> go when the file doesn't change?
- 3H.16 How do I "import" just the files ignored by a previous "import"?
- 3H.17 Why did "import" ignore all the symlinks?
-
-----------------
--- Section 3I -- "log", "lo", "rlog"
-----------------
- 3I.1 What is "log" for?
- 3I.2 How do I extract the log entries between two revisions?
- 3I.3 How do I extract the log entries on a whole branch?
- 3I.4 How do I generate ChangeLogs from RCS logs?
- 3I.5 Why does "log" tell me a file was committed exactly 5 hours later
- than I know it was?
-
-----------------
--- Section 3J -- "patch", "pa", "rdiff"
-----------------
- 3J.1 What is "patch" for?
- 3J.2 Why does "patch" include files from the Attic when I use '-D'?
- 3J.3 How do I make "patch" produce a patch for one or two files?
- It seems to work only with modules.
-
-----------------
--- Section 3K -- "release", "re", "rel"
-----------------
- 3K.1 What is "release" for?
- 3K.2 Why can't I reverse a "cvs checkout path/name/subdir" with a
- "cvs release path/name/subdir" without an "unknown module name"?
- 3K.3 Why can't I "release" portions of a checked out directory? I
- should be able to "release" any file or sub-directory within
- my working directory.
- 3K.4 I removed the tree that I was about to start working on. How do I
- tell cvs that I want to release it if I don't have it anymore?
- 3K.5 Why doesn't "release -d module" reverse a "checkout module"?
- 3K.6 Why can't I release a module renamed with "cvs checkout -d"?
-
-----------------
--- Section 3L -- "remove", "rm", "delete"
-----------------
- 3L.1 What is "remove" for?
- 3L.2 Why doesn't "remove" work on directories when it appears to try?
- 3L.3 I don't like removing files. Is there another way to ignore them?
- 3L.4 I just removed a file. How do I resurrect it?
- 3L.5 Why doesn't "remove" delete the file? Instead, it prints an
- error message and tells me to remove the file by hand.
-
-----------------
--- Section 3M -- "rtag", "rt", "rfreeze"
-----------------
- 3M.1 What is "rtag" for?
- 3M.2 Why use "rtag"? It assumes no one is changing the Repository.
- 3M.3 What revision does "rtag -r <tag1> <tag2>" actually put the tag on?
- 3M.4 What happens if the tags are the same in "rtag -r <tag> <tag>"?
- 3M.5 Why doesn't "rtag -b -r <branch_tag1> <branch_tag2>" rename or
- duplicate a magic branch tag?
-
-----------------
--- Section 3N -- "status", "st", "stat"
-----------------
- 3N.1 What is "status" for?
- 3N.2 Why does "status" limit the File: at the top to 17 characters?
- 3N.3 Why does it print "Sticky" lines when the values are "(none)"?
- 3N.4 Shouldn't the status "Needs Checkout" be "Needs Update"?
-
-----------------
--- Section 3O -- "tag", "ta", "freeze"
-----------------
- 3O.1 What is "tag" for?
- 3O.2 What is the difference between "tag" and "rtag"?
- 3O.3 Why does "tag -b" not put a tag on the Branch Point revision?
- How do I refer to the Branch Point?
- 3O.4 So "{r}tag" labels a bunch of files. What do you use a Tag for?
- 3O.5 How do I get "tag" and "rtag" to send mail the way "commit" does?
- 3O.6 Why can't "tag" handle the '-r' option that "rtag" takes?
- 3O.7 After a "tag <tag>" in my working directory, why doesn't "checkout
- -r <tag>" somewhere else produce copies of my current files?
- 3O.8 Why doesn't "tag" write a history record the way "rtag" does?
- 3O.9 How do I rename a <tag>?
-
-----------------
--- Section 3P -- "update", "up", "upd"
-----------------
- 3P.1 What is "update" for?
- 3P.2 What do 'U', 'M' and 'C' mean when I type "update"? Are they
- different for "cvs -n update"?
- 3P.3 What's the difference between "update" and "checkout"?
- 3P.4 Why don't I get new files when I execute "update"?
- 3P.5 Why does "update" say 'M' both for plain modified files and for
- successful (i.e. conflict-free) merges? Aren't they different?
- 3P.6 What's a "sticky conflict"? How does it know a conflict occurred?
- 3P.7 Is there a feature to tell me what I have changed, added and
- removed without changing anything?
- 3P.8 Why were all my files deleted when I executed "update"?
-
-
-===============================================
-== Section 4 ==== Advanced Topics ====
-===============================================
-
-----------------
--- Section 4A -- Installing CVS
-----------------
- 4A.1 What do I have to do before I install CVS?
- 4A.2 How do I configure the CVS programs?
- 4A.3 What do I have to install?
- 4A.4 How do I work around the merge problems in GNU diff version 2.1
- or later?
-
-----------------
--- Section 4B -- Setting up and Managing the Repository
-----------------
- 4B.1 What do I do first? How do I create a Repository?
- 4B.2 What are those files in $CVSROOT/CVSROOT?
- 4B.3 Is there any other state stored in the Repository besides in the
- $CVSROOT/CVSROOT directory?
- 4B.4 How do I put sources into the Repository?
- 4B.5 What file permissions should I use on (and in) the Repository?
- 4B.6 How do I structure my Repository?
- 4B.7 Why would anyone use "modules"? They are too restrictive. I
- want to be able to select just the files I want to edit.
- 4B.8 How do I rename a file or directory? What are the consequences?
- 4B.9 What are "Attic" directories?
- 4B.10 Is it OK to remove anything from the Repository?
- 4B.11 Can I convert to CVS from RCS without losing my revision history?
- 4B.12 Can I move RCS files with branches in them into the Repository?
- 4B.13 Can I use raw RCS commands on the Repository?
- 4B.14 How do I convert from SCCS to RCS?
- 4B.15 How do I limit access to the Repository?
- 4B.16 What are the Repository Administrator's responsibilities?
- 4B.17 How do I move the whole Repository?
- 4B.18 How do I change permissions on a file in the Repository by using
- a CVS command? (i.e. without using "chmod 777 $CVSROOT/dir/file")
-
-----------------
--- Section 4C -- Branching and Merging
-----------------
- 4C.1 What is a branch?
- 4C.2 Why (or when) would I want to create a branch?
- 4C.3 How do I create and checkout a branch?
- 4C.4 Once created, how do I manage a branch?
- 4C.5 Are there any extra issues in managing multiple branches?
- 4C.6 How do I merge a whole branch back into the trunk?
-=4C.7 How do I merge changes from the trunk into my branch or between
- branches?
- 4C.8 How do I merge onto the Main Branch a file that exists only on a
- branch other than the Main Branch? (i.e. it is in the Attic)
- 4C.9 How do I know what branch I'm (working) on?
- 4C.10 Do I really have to know the name of the branch I'm working on?
- 4C.11 How do I refer to the revision where I branched so I can see
- what changed since the Branch Point on another branch?
- 4C.12 Why didn't the command "cvs admin -bBRANCH1 *" create a branch?
- 4C.13 Is it possible to set the "default CVS branch" for everyone?
- 4C.14 How do I perform a large merge?
- 4C.15 Is a Vendor merge any different from a branch merge?
- 4C.16 How do I go back to a previous version of the code on a branch?
- 4C.17 Once I've found the files I want, how do I start changing them?
- I keep getting warnings about sticky tags.
- 4C.18 Why do I get the latest files on the branch when I tried to
- "update -r <tag>"?
- 4C.19 How can I avoid a merge? I just want to move the latest revision
- on my working branch directly onto the trunk.
- 4C.20 How to I avoid merge collisions in the RCS $\Log$ data?
- 4C.21 Why should I trust automatic merges?
- 4C.22 How does CVS decide if it can safely perform a merge?
- 4C.23 After resolving merge conflicts in a file, what if I want to keep
- my previous version, and not take any of the branch changes?
-
-----------------
--- Section 4D -- Tricks of the Trade
-----------------
- 4D.1 How can you even check in binary files, let alone allow CVS to
- do its auto-merge trick on them?
- 4D.2 Can I edit the RCS (",v") files in the Repository?
- 4D.3 Can I edit the ./CVS/{Entries,Repository,Tag} files?
- 4D.4 Someone executed "admin -o" and removed revisions to which
- tags/symbols were attached. How do I fix them?
- 4D.5 How do I move or rename a magic branch tag?
- 4D.6 Can I use RCS locally to record my changes without making them
- globally visible by committing them?
- 4D.7 How can I allow access to the Repository by both CVS and RCS?
- 4D.8 I "updated" a file my friend, "bubba", committed yesterday.
- Why doesn't the file now have a modified date of yesterday?
- 4D.9 While in the middle of a large "commit", how do I run other
- commands, like "diff" or "stat" without seeing lock errors?
- 4D.10 Where did the ./CVS/Entries.Static file come from? What is it for?
- 4D.11 Why did I get the wrong Repository in the loginfo message?
- 4D.12 How do I run CVS setuid so I can only allow access through the
- CVS program itself?
- 4D.13 How about using groups and setgid() then?
- 4D.14 How do I use the "commitinfo" file?
- 4D.15 How do I use the "loginfo" files?
- 4D.16 How can I keep people with restrictive umask values from blocking
- access to the Repository?
- 4D.17 Why do timestamps sometimes get set to the date of the revision,
- sometimes not? The inconsistency causes unnecessary recompiles.
-
-----------------
--- Section 4E -- Internal errors
-----------------
- 4E.1 Explain: "ci error: unexpected EOF in diff output"
- 4E.2 Explain: "RCS file /Repository/module/file.c,v is in use"
- 4E.3 Explain: "co error, line 2: Missing access list"
- 4E.4 Explain: "error: RCS file name `xyz .c' contains white space"
- 4E.5 Explain: cvs checkout: warning: <X> is not (any longer) pertinent
- 4E.6 Why did a Repository file change from <file>,v to ,<file>,?
-
-----------------
--- Section 4F -- Related Software
-----------------
- 4F.1 How do I use CVS under Emacs? Is there an Emacs cvs-mode?
- 4F.2 What is GIC (Graphical Interface to CVS)?
- 4F.3 What is CAVEMAN?
-
-----------------
--- Section 4G -- Engineering
-----------------
- 4G.1 Where can I find out about Software Engineering?
- 4G.2 How do I flexibly arrange the modules file to describe my sources?
- 4G.3 Can I have multiple source repositories, one for each project?
- 4G.4 Who should administer the Repository and manage the modules file?
- 4G.5 Isn't disk space a big factor? CVS copies files out of the
- Repository, duplicating everything.
-
-----------------
--- Section 4H -- Other Systems
-----------------
- 4H.1 I use a NeXT. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.2 I use OS/2 and/or DOS. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.3 I use SCO Unix. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.4 I use AIX. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.5 I use IRIX. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.6 I use an HP system. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.7 I use AFS. Is there anything I need to know?
- 4H.8 I use A/UX. Is there anything I need to know?
-
-
-=============================================
-== Section 5 ==== Past & Future ====
-=============================================
-
-----------------
--- Section 5A -- Contributors
-----------------
-=5A.1 Who wrote CVS?
- 5A.2 You didn't write all of this FAQ, did you?
-
-----------------
--- Section 5B -- Bugs and Patches
-----------------
- 5B.1 Why can't CVS handle deletion of directories?
- 5B.2 Why can't CVS handle the moving of sources from one place in the
- directory hierarchy to another?
- 5B.3 When I typed "cvs update -D <date>", why did it check out all
- sorts of ancient files from the Attic? Shouldn't it just create
- the set of files and revisions that existed at that date?
- 5B.4 When I typed "cvs update -D <date>" in my branch, why did it
- screw up all my files?
- 5B.5 When I executed "checkout" into an existing directory I got "No
- such file or directory" errors. Why?
- 5B.6 Why does "update" send all output to the terminal after 26 files
- have been updated?
- 5B.7 Why does the merge occasionally resurrect lines of code?
- 5B.8 Why does the merge fail when my "rcsmerge" program is
- configured to use GNU diff version 2.1 or later?
-
-----------------
--- Section 5C -- Development
-----------------
- 5C.1 Where do I send bug reports?
- 5C.2 Where do I send fixes and patches?
- 5C.3 Where do I send ideas for future development?
-=5C.4 What plans are there for new features?
- 5C.5 I have some time and I'd like to help. What can I do for you?
-
-----------------
--- Section 5D -- Professional Support
-----------------
-+5D.1 Doesn't Cygnus support CVS?
-+5D.2 What is Cyclic Software doing with CVS?
-
-
-=================================================
-== Section 6 ==== Table of Contents ====
-=================================================
-
-% End of Table of Contents
-% End of CVS FAQ document
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: text
-# fill-column: 74
-# fill-prefix: "\t"
-# End:
OpenPOWER on IntegriCloud